Wiktenauer logo.png

Difference between revisions of "Antonio Manciolino"

From Wiktenauer
Jump to navigation Jump to search
 
(40 intermediate revisions by 3 users not shown)
Line 45: Line 45:
 
| below                =  
 
| below                =  
 
}}
 
}}
{{under construction}}
 
 
'''Antonio Manciolino''' was a [[century::16th century]] [[nationality::Italian]] [[fencing master]]. Little is known about this master's life; he seems to have been Bolognese by birth and he is thought to have been a student of [[Guido Antonio di Luca]],{{cn}} the master who also taught [[Achille Marozzo]]. His fencing manual is dedicated to Don Luisi de Cordoba, Duke of Sessa, Orator of the Most Serene Emperor to Adrian VI; this dedication may indicate that Manciolino was attached as fencing master to the ducal court.
 
'''Antonio Manciolino''' was a [[century::16th century]] [[nationality::Italian]] [[fencing master]]. Little is known about this master's life; he seems to have been Bolognese by birth and he is thought to have been a student of [[Guido Antonio di Luca]],{{cn}} the master who also taught [[Achille Marozzo]]. His fencing manual is dedicated to Don Luisi de Cordoba, Duke of Sessa, Orator of the Most Serene Emperor to Adrian VI; this dedication may indicate that Manciolino was attached as fencing master to the ducal court.
  
In 1531, Manciolino published a treatise on swordsmanship called ''[[Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino)|Opera Nova]]'' ("A New Work"),<ref>The full title was ''Di Antonio Manciolino Bolognese opera noua, doue li sono tutti li documenti & uantaggi che si ponno ha uere nel mestier de l’armi d’ogni sorte nouamente corretta & stampata'', which translates to "New Work by Antonio Manciolino, Bolognese, wherein are all the instructions and advantages that are to be had in the practice of arms of every sort; newly corrected and printed".</ref> which is the oldest extant treatise in the [[Filippo di Bartolomeo Dardi|Dardi]] or "Bolognese" school of swordsmanship.<ref>Both Dardi and Luca are thought to have published treatises in the 15th century that have since been lost.</ref> The 1531 edition describes itself as "corrected and revised" and was probably based on an earlier version printed in ca. 1523; this date is based on the fact that Don Luisi de Cordoba was only orator to Adrian VI between September of 1522 and September of 1523.<ref>Leoni, Tommasso. ''The Complete Renaissance Swordsman: Antonio Manciolino’s Opera Nova (1531)''. Wheaton, IL: [[Freelance Academy Press]], 2010. pp 11-12.</ref> Despite the breadth and detail of his work, Manciolino's efforts were overshadowed by the release of Marozzo's even more extensive work on Bolognese fencing thirteen years later.
+
In 1531, Manciolino published a treatise on swordsmanship called ''[[Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino)|Opera Nova]]'' ("A New Work"),<ref>The full title was ''Di Antonio Manciolino Bolognese opera noua, doue li sono tutti li documenti & uantaggi che si ponno ha uere nel mestier de l’armi d’ogni sorte nouamente corretta & stampata'', which translates to "New Work by Antonio Manciolino, Bolognese, wherein are all the instructions and advantages that are to be had in the practice of arms of every sort; newly corrected and printed".</ref> which is the oldest extant treatise in the [[Filippo di Bartolomeo Dardi|Dardi]] or "Bolognese" school of swordsmanship.<ref>Both Dardi and Luca are thought to have published treatises in the 15th century that have since been lost.</ref> The 1531 edition describes itself as "corrected and revised" and was probably based on an earlier version printed in ca. 1523; this date is based on the fact that Don Luisi de Cordoba was only orator to Adrian VI between September of 1522 and September of 1523.<ref>Leoni, Tom. ''The Complete Renaissance Swordsman: Antonio Manciolino’s Opera Nova (1531)''. Wheaton, IL: [[Freelance Academy Press]], 2010. pp 11-12.</ref> Despite the breadth and detail of his work, Manciolino's efforts were overshadowed by the release of Marozzo's even more extensive work on Bolognese fencing thirteen years later.
  
 
== Treatise ==
 
== Treatise ==
Line 56: Line 55:
 
{{master begin
 
{{master begin
 
  | title = Title and Dedication
 
  | title = Title and Dedication
  | width = 60em
+
  | width = 90em
 
}}
 
}}
[[file:Manciolino 1.jpg|center]]
 
 
{| class="master"
 
{| class="master"
 
|-  
 
|-  
! <p>{{rating}}</p>
+
! <p>Illustrations</p>
 +
! <p>{{rating|start}}</p>
 
! <p>Transcription<br/>by [[Steven Reich]]</p>
 
! <p>Transcription<br/>by [[Steven Reich]]</p>
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>New work by '''Antonio Manciolino''' of Bologna, wherein are all the instructions and advantages that are to be had in the practice of arms of every sort; newly corrected and printed.</p>
+
| [[file:Manciolino 1.jpg|400x400px|center]]
 +
| <p>New work BY ANTONIO MANCIOLINO of Bologna, wherein are all the instructions and advantages that are to be had in the practice of arms of every sort; newly corrected and printed.</p>
  
 
<p>1531.</p>
 
<p>1531.</p>
Line 71: Line 71:
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>[Dedication: To the Most Illustrious Don Luisi de Cordola, Duke of Sessa, Orator of the Most Serene Emperor to Adrian VI.]</p>
+
| class="noline" |
| {{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|12|lbl=1v}}
+
| class="noline" | <p>[1] Dedication: To the Most Illustrious Don Luisi de Cordola, Duke of Sessa, Orator of the Most Serene Emperor to Adrian VI.</p>
 +
| class="noline" | {{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|12|lbl=1v}}
  
 
|}
 
|}
Line 79: Line 80:
 
{{master begin
 
{{master begin
 
  | title = Introduction
 
  | title = Introduction
  | width = 60em
+
  | width = 90em
 
}}
 
}}
[[file:Manciolino 2.jpg|center]]
+
 
 
{| class="master"
 
{| class="master"
 
|-  
 
|-  
 +
! <p>Illustrations</p>
 
! <p>{{rating|B}}<br/>by [[W. Jherek Swanger]]</p>
 
! <p>{{rating|B}}<br/>by [[W. Jherek Swanger]]</p>
 
! <p>Transcription<br/>by [[Steven Reich]]</p>
 
! <p>Transcription<br/>by [[Steven Reich]]</p>
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>New work by '''Antonio Manciolino''' of Bologna, wherein are all the instructions and advantages that are to be had in the practice of arms of every sort; newly corrected and printed.</p>
+
| [[file:Manciolino 2.jpg|400x400px|center]]
 
+
| <p>'''New work for learning to combat and fence with every sort of weapon, composed by Antonio Manciolino of Bologna.'''</p>
<p>1531.</p>
 
| {{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|11|lbl=1}}
 
 
 
|-
 
| <p>[Dedication: To the Most Illustrious Don Luisi de Cordola, Duke of Sessa, Orator of the Most Serene Emperor to Adrian VI.]</p>
 
| {{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|12|lbl=1v}}
 
 
 
|-
 
| <p>'''New work for learning''' to combat and fence with every sort of weapon, composed by Antonio Manciolino of Bologna.</p>
 
  
<p>It is the wont of the majority of the commonest maestri of the art of the rational blows of fencing to affix in the highest and most solemn corner of their school a long array of paper, wherein they claim their chapters are written. And in truth, whosoever reads them does find them to be chapters, but rather those that wine vendors place on barrels, a thing more monstrous than human. And how can he be human, if the greed and rapacity of the maestro is openly displayed? But how human of a thing is it to help others, and to bear witness by oneself that some are not born thus rapacious and hardhearted of instinct? And in my opinion things are placed into the school only for their profit, and not that of others. Hundreds are their chapters, for in them is contained nothing other than the putting of a price on the masterful play of this art, as the virtue of arms has fallen to such baseness that it is wished by them to find her holy members sold at a price through the schools, boasting, without consideration that the dull and the subtle wits can not equally bear this yoke upon their shoulders, and that the art is not a harlot to suffer itself to be sold. And I wish to hold to a more useful path, noting that the school should be devoted to offering some instruction of the art. It is of more worth to me to be useful to my scholars with this work than, through the putting of a price to the play, to provide myself alone with great benefit. Accordingly, it will suffice me to have from scholars three things: namely reverence, faith, and reward; reverence as maestro, and likewise faith, because it behooves the student to believe according to the saying of the philosopher, that scholars are held to be the proper reward of their maestro; because without that (it is the sentiment of Cicero) the arts would perish. If, therefore, I call myself satisfied by the three aforesaid things, what loss of time in some other profit of mine could be of aid with this, my work?</p>
+
<p>[1] It is the wont of the majority of the commonest maestri of the art of the rational blows of fencing to affix in the highest and most solemn corner of their school a long array of paper, wherein they claim their chapters are written. And in truth, whosoever reads them does find them to be chapters, but rather those that wine vendors place on barrels, a thing more monstrous than human. And how can he be human, if the greed and rapacity of the maestro is openly displayed? But how human of a thing is it to help others, and to bear witness by oneself that some are not born thus rapacious and hardhearted of instinct? And in my opinion things are placed into the school only for their profit, and not that of others. Hundreds are their chapters, for in them is contained nothing other than the putting of a price on the masterful play of this art, as the virtue of arms has fallen to such baseness that it is wished by them to find her holy members sold at a price through the schools, boasting, without consideration that the dull and the subtle wits can not equally bear this yoke upon their shoulders, and that the art is not a harlot to suffer itself to be sold. And I wish to hold to a more useful path, noting that the school should be devoted to offering some instruction of the art. It is of more worth to me to be useful to my scholars with this work than, through the putting of a price to the play, to provide myself alone with great benefit. Accordingly, it will suffice me to have from scholars three things: namely reverence, faith, and reward; reverence as maestro, and likewise faith, because it behooves the student to believe according to the saying of the philosopher, that scholars are held to be the proper reward of their maestro; because without that (it is the sentiment of Cicero) the arts would perish. If, therefore, I call myself satisfied by the three aforesaid things, what loss of time in some other profit of mine could be of aid with this, my work?</p>
 
|  
 
|  
 
{{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|13|lbl=2|p=1}} {{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|14|lbl=2v|p=1}}
 
{{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|13|lbl=2|p=1}} {{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|14|lbl=2v|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>'''Here begin some''' principal rules, or instructions, regarding the valorous art of fencing.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[3] '''Here begin some principal rules, or instructions, regarding the valorous art of fencing.'''</p>
  
 
<p>One wishing to play must always attach himself to the most valorous of deed and reputation. Because as the glory of the victor depends on the valor of the vanquished, thus the loss is not censurable if the reputation of the victor embellishes it.</p>
 
<p>One wishing to play must always attach himself to the most valorous of deed and reputation. Because as the glory of the victor depends on the valor of the vanquished, thus the loss is not censurable if the reputation of the victor embellishes it.</p>
Line 111: Line 105:
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>The delight of playing with varied and diverse players makes a man cunning, perceptive, and nimble of hand, because from the variety of such practiced wits stems the shrewd and learned mother-experience of things.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[4] The delight of playing with varied and diverse players makes a man cunning, perceptive, and nimble of hand, because from the variety of such practiced wits stems the shrewd and learned mother-experience of things.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/15|2|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/15|2|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>When one in playing has doubt of the other, he must never fix himself in a single guard, but change immediately from one into another. The reason being that the enemy will not be able to form some opinion.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[5] When one in playing has doubt of the other, he must never fix himself in a single guard, but change immediately from one into another. The reason being that the enemy will not be able to form some opinion.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/15|3|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/15|3|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>Against those players who make their blows with great impetus, so that they often engender fear in their partner, there are two things that can be done: either to let his blow go in vain and to thrust immediately, shrewdly feigning to ward it; or to throw yourself forward to ward before the blow has come to force. One could also strike him in the hand, the reason being that it would interfere with his forceful throwing.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[6] Against those players who make their blows with great impetus, so that they often engender fear in their partner, there are two things that can be done: either to let his blow go in vain and to thrust immediately, shrewdly feigning to ward it; or to throw yourself forward to ward before the blow has come to force. One could also strike him in the hand, the reason being that it would interfere with his forceful throwing.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/15|4|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/15|4|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>The wounding of the hand, not of the enemy, is registered in the account of blows in play. Because the hand is the chief in exposing itself, thus in combat for earnest it is the most singular wound, because that member of the enemy must be offended which offends more than others, and this is the hand.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[7] The wounding of the hand, not of the enemy, is registered in the account of blows in play. Because the hand is the chief in exposing itself, thus in combat for earnest it is the most singular wound, because that member of the enemy must be offended which offends more than others, and this is the hand.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
 
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/15|5|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/16|1|lbl=3v|p=1}}
 
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/15|5|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/16|1|lbl=3v|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>The most genteel of blows is the mandritto, because that one is the most genteel and noble which is done with more difficulty and danger; but to strike with the mandritto is done with more danger than the riverso, since it makes a man go entirely uncovered in that tempo; therefore the mandritto is more genteel.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[8] The most genteel of blows is the mandritto, because that one is the most genteel and noble which is done with more difficulty and danger; but to strike with the mandritto is done with more danger than the riverso, since it makes a man go entirely uncovered in that tempo; therefore the mandritto is more genteel.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/16|2|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/16|2|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>One must always keep one’s eyes on the sword hand of the enemy more than on his face, because there is to be seen all that he wishes to do.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[9] One must always keep one’s eyes on the sword hand of the enemy more than on his face, because there is to be seen all that he wishes to do.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/16|3|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/16|3|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>The genteel warding of a blow is of no little profit nor small beauty, rather it is of equal or perhaps greater loveliness than to make a beautiful blow since many know how to throw a beautiful blow, but few have the knowledge of warding them, so that they are not offended. And such guardians rest satisfied.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[10] The genteel warding of a blow is of no little profit nor small beauty, rather it is of equal or perhaps greater loveliness than to make a beautiful blow since many know how to throw a beautiful blow, but few have the knowledge of warding them, so that they are not offended. And such guardians rest satisfied.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/16|4|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/16|4|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>It is a necessary thing to know the tempos, without which the play is imperfect; accordingly be aware that when the enemy’s blow has passed your body, that the period there is a tempo to follow it with a response, more convenient than a parry.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[11] It is a necessary thing to know the tempos, without which the play is imperfect; accordingly be aware that when the enemy’s blow has passed your body, that the period there is a tempo to follow it with a response, more convenient than a parry.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/16|5|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/16|5|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>All players that look short are also to place in their hands short weapons, because their puissance would not extend to long ones.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[12] All players that look short are also to place in their hands short weapons, because their puissance would not extend to long ones.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/16|6|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/16|6|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>To whomsoever as well in playing, the short weapon, or the short sword, is of greater virtue. Because it forces the players to approach, from whence they are made ideal at warding and of good eye.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[13] To whomsoever as well in playing, the short weapon, or the short sword, is of greater virtue. Because it forces the players to approach, from whence they are made ideal at warding and of good eye.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/16|7|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/16|7|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>In every respect it is an optimal thing to train both hands in every play with every weapon, and to know as well with one as with the other how to strike and to ward.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[14] In every respect it is an optimal thing to train both hands in every play with every weapon, and to know as well with one as with the other how to strike and to ward.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
 
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/16|8|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/17|1|lbl=4r|p=1}}
 
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/16|8|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/17|1|lbl=4r|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>Thus do the high guards relate to the low wards: that the principles of the high guards is striking, and naturally the warding subsequently; and of the low guards contrarily is warding the principle, and then striking subsequently; but in these low ones alone is the giving of the thrust the natural strike.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[15] Thus do the high guards relate to the low wards: that the principles of the high guards is striking, and naturally the warding subsequently; and of the low guards contrarily is warding the principle, and then striking subsequently; but in these low ones alone is the giving of the thrust the natural strike.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/17|2|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/17|2|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>As strikes without shieldings are not done sensibly, so shieldings without a following of a strike should not be made, waiting for the tempos nonetheless. Therefore if one always wards without responding with a blow, he would give his enemy a manifest sign of his timidity; unless with such warding one drives the enemy back, the enemy would proceed with great courage; and in truth warding should be done going forward and not back, being thus more apt to reach the enemy, as well as to weaken the enemy’s blow, if he comes against you; because striking you at close quarters he cannot harm you with that part of the sword which is from the middle back toward the hilt; but it would be far worse from the middle forward.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[16] As strikes without shieldings are not done sensibly, so shieldings without a following of a strike should not be made, waiting for the tempos nonetheless. Therefore if one always wards without responding with a blow, he would give his enemy a manifest sign of his timidity; unless with such warding one drives the enemy back, the enemy would proceed with great courage; and in truth warding should be done going forward and not back, being thus more apt to reach the enemy, as well as to weaken the enemy’s blow, if he comes against you; because striking you at close quarters he cannot harm you with that part of the sword which is from the middle back toward the hilt; but it would be far worse from the middle forward.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/17|3|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/17|3|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>The good player, when he plays with one who flees him, (which removes much grace from his valor, because seeing that one flee, he cannot do a perfect thing) must also himself feign to flee, because it will give spirit to the first who fled to come forward, and thus gracefully redress the miscarriage of his play.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[17] The good player, when he plays with one who flees him, (which removes much grace from his valor, because seeing that one flee, he cannot do a perfect thing) must also himself feign to flee, because it will give spirit to the first who fled to come forward, and thus gracefully redress the miscarriage of his play.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/17|4|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/17|4|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>The players who make many blows without tempo or measure, although these may connect their enemies, are nonetheless censurable, and sooner are said to be children of luck than of art, but those are called grave and well-positioned players who seek to strike their adversary with tempo and grace.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[18] The players who make many blows without tempo or measure, although these may connect their enemies, are nonetheless censurable, and sooner are said to be children of luck than of art, but those are called grave and well-positioned players who seek to strike their adversary with tempo and grace.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
 
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/17|5|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/18|1|lbl=4v|p=1}}
 
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/17|5|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/18|1|lbl=4v|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>If one finds himself close to the enemy, he must never throw a full blow, because the sword must not distance itself from the presence for the safety of him who holds it, and this throwing of an imperfect blow is called “mezzo tempo”.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[19] If one finds himself close to the enemy, he must never throw a full blow, because the sword must not distance itself from the presence for the safety of him who holds it, and this throwing of an imperfect blow is called “mezzo tempo”.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/18|2|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/18|2|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>Two players finding each other to be of equal knowledge of the art, is the reason why one will not know how to give a blow to his companion with safety; and by my counsel, in one of two ways can he put himself, with luck, in hope of victory: namely, to have an eye toward throwing in that very same tempo that the enemy will have taken; or he can give to him whence it seems better for him to approach, and immediately throw himself upon him, embracing him, which having done, any will esteem that one the victor.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[20] Two players finding each other to be of equal knowledge of the art, is the reason why one will not know how to give a blow to his companion with safety; and by my counsel, in one of two ways can he put himself, with luck, in hope of victory: namely, to have an eye toward throwing in that very same tempo that the enemy will have taken; or he can give to him whence it seems better for him to approach, and immediately throw himself upon him, embracing him, which having done, any will esteem that one the victor.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/18|3|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/18|3|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>If someone wants to cause the enemy to throw a blow that he will parry in order to reach him in that tempo, it behooves him to make such a blow three or four times one after the other almost in the manner of an invitation, and because the custom of players is to ape, the adversary will be compelled to make a semblance, by which you will make him throw the blow that you wished.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[21] If someone wants to cause the enemy to throw a blow that he will parry in order to reach him in that tempo, it behooves him to make such a blow three or four times one after the other almost in the manner of an invitation, and because the custom of players is to ape, the adversary will be compelled to make a semblance, by which you will make him throw the blow that you wished.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/18|4|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/18|4|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>If you would wound the enemy in his upper body it will be necessary to begin the quarrel at his lower body; and similarly, wanting to reach him at the lower body; for that you will make a blow above, because defending himself in those portions with beats, it is necessary that the others will be uncovered.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[22] If you would wound the enemy in his upper body it will be necessary to begin the quarrel at his lower body; and similarly, wanting to reach him at the lower body; for that you will make a blow above, because defending himself in those portions with beats, it is necessary that the others will be uncovered.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/18|5|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/18|5|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>Because no blow can be thrown against which arguably there is some guard in which there is no risk, it follows that in the rising and falling from guards is shown the virtue of the players; on the great field the victory is seen to go to him, who assaults his enemy from the outset before he settles his weapons in guard, because standing caught in thought, he can be struck more easily.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[23] Because no blow can be thrown against which arguably there is some guard in which there is no risk, it follows that in the rising and falling from guards is shown the virtue of the players; on the great field the victory is seen to go to him, who assaults his enemy from the outset before he settles his weapons in guard, because standing caught in thought, he can be struck more easily.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
 
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/18|6|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/19|1|lbl=5r|p=1}}
 
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/18|6|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/19|1|lbl=5r|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>In defending his person, a man must always hold his arms well extended, not only so that he will come to drive the blows of the enemy to the outside at a distance from his body, but it also makes him stronger and swifter in striking.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[24] In defending his person, a man must always hold his arms well extended, not only so that he will come to drive the blows of the enemy to the outside at a distance from his body, but it also makes him stronger and swifter in striking.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/19|2|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/19|2|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>The employment of heavy weapons and the delight in throwing with length and extension nourishes good energy and ideal strength, so that then coming to blows with a light weapon, a man becomes more agile.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[25] The employment of heavy weapons and the delight in throwing with length and extension nourishes good energy and ideal strength, so that then coming to blows with a light weapon, a man becomes more agile.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/19|3|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/19|3|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>In the art of the spada da filo, one is not to depart from the low guards, because they are safer than the high ones, and the reason is, that lying in high guard, you can be reached by a thrust or a cut to the leg, and in the low ones there is not this danger.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[26] In the art of the spada da filo, one is not to depart from the low guards, because they are safer than the high ones, and the reason is, that lying in high guard, you can be reached by a thrust or a cut to the leg, and in the low ones there is not this danger.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/19|4|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/19|4|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>Those who will take delight in shielding against given blows with the false of the sword will turn out to be valiant players, because there cannot be parries better and stronger for them than these, since they are able to ward and to strike almost in one tempo.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[27] Those who will take delight in shielding against given blows with the false of the sword will turn out to be valiant players, because there cannot be parries better and stronger for them than these, since they are able to ward and to strike almost in one tempo.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/19|5|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/19|5|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>Neither combating nor playing must one permit winning by an overabundance of blows, nor of presumption, because one would entirely deprive oneself of spirit, and give it to the enemy.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[28] Neither combating nor playing must one permit winning by an overabundance of blows, nor of presumption, because one would entirely deprive oneself of spirit, and give it to the enemy.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/19|6|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/19|6|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>The delight in the unaccompanied sword is more useful than that in other weapons, inasmuch as others less often accompany the human body; one has neither a rotella always, nor a buckler always, but one can always have the unaccompanied sword.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[29] The delight in the unaccompanied sword is more useful than that in other weapons, inasmuch as others less often accompany the human body; one has neither a rotella always, nor a buckler always, but one can always have the unaccompanied sword.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
 
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/19|7|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/20|1|lbl=5v|p=1}}
 
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/19|7|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/20|1|lbl=5v|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>During combat with a left-handed person, stepping continuously against his sword is the optimal protection; and when he throws a riverso, throwing a mandritto to his sword hand, or when he throws a mandritto, throwing a riverso to his hand or to his sword arm, it is not to be doubted that victory is assured.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[30] During combat with a left-handed person, stepping continuously against his sword is the optimal protection; and when he throws a riverso, throwing a mandritto to his sword hand, or when he throws a mandritto, throwing a riverso to his hand or to his sword arm, it is not to be doubted that victory is assured.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/20|2|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/20|2|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>It is an entirely genteel and profitable thing in playing to step equally with one or the other foot according to the tempo and the need; nonetheless it seems to me that stepping with even feet is of great utility, because thus one can both advance forward and retreat back without inconvenience of the body, adding this as well: that a man plays more strongly thereby than by other means. And when I say “with even feet” I mean that the feet are no more distanced than something beyond a half a braccio, accompanying always the hand with the foot, and the foot with the hand.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[31] It is an entirely genteel and profitable thing in playing to step equally with one or the other foot according to the tempo and the need; nonetheless it seems to me that stepping with even feet is of great utility, because thus one can both advance forward and retreat back without inconvenience of the body, adding this as well: that a man plays more strongly thereby than by other means. And when I say “with even feet” I mean that the feet are no more distanced than something beyond a half a braccio, accompanying always the hand with the foot, and the foot with the hand.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/20|3|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/20|3|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>One may not be called perfect in this art, as it is likewise in others, if he does not know how to teach somebody else. Because as the philosopher says in the Ethics: that the sign of knowledge is to know how to teach.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[32] One may not be called perfect in this art, as it is likewise in others, if he does not know how to teach somebody else. Because as the philosopher says in the Ethics: that the sign of knowledge is to know how to teach.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/20|4|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/20|4|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>Playing with the two handed sword in the giuoco largo, you will always keep an eye on the distal half of the sword toward the point. But having come to the straits of the half sword, you will keep an eye on the left hand, given that the enemy cannot execute a presa other than with that one.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[33] Playing with the two handed sword in the giuoco largo, you will always keep an eye on the distal half of the sword toward the point. But having come to the straits of the half sword, you will keep an eye on the left hand, given that the enemy cannot execute a presa other than with that one.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/20|5|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/20|5|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>The art of the half sword is quite necessary to the knowledge of whomever wishes to be a good player, insofar as that if he knew only how to play at wide measure, and were at close quarters, he would have to flee backwards in shame and danger, and would often place the victory into the hands of his enemy, or at least reveal to observers his ignorance of such art.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[34] The art of the half sword is quite necessary to the knowledge of whomever wishes to be a good player, insofar as that if he knew only how to play at wide measure, and were at close quarters, he would have to flee backwards in shame and danger, and would often place the victory into the hands of his enemy, or at least reveal to observers his ignorance of such art.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/20|6|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/21|1|lbl=6r|p=1}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/20|6|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/21|1|lbl=6r|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>If one finds himself to be at blows with one more powerful and stronger than him, he must not in any way be reduced to presas, because in such case the weaker would be compelled to lie fallen.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[35] If one finds himself to be at blows with one more powerful and stronger than him, he must not in any way be reduced to presas, because in such case the weaker would be compelled to lie fallen.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/21|2|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/21|2|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>Granting the choice of arms to the stronger, he must armor the weak weightily; the reason being that in the press he will be more victorious, because reason entirely requires that the less strong have light armor.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[36] Granting the choice of arms to the stronger, he must armor the weak weightily; the reason being that in the press he will be more victorious, because reason entirely requires that the less strong have light armor.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/21|3|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/21|3|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>One of large stature combating with a short one, and the choice of arms going to the large, he must by every means armor them on the lower body, and not the upper, for he will have to be more apt to strike the upper body through his height. But if the choice goes to the little one, it will behoove him to make the upper body armored and leave the lower unarmored.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[37] One of large stature combating with a short one, and the choice of arms going to the large, he must by every means armor them on the lower body, and not the upper, for he will have to be more apt to strike the upper body through his height. But if the choice goes to the little one, it will behoove him to make the upper body armored and leave the lower unarmored.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/21|4|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/21|4|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>Combatants of equal valor, strength, and size can choose armor without a difference.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[38] Combatants of equal valor, strength, and size can choose armor without a difference.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/21|5|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/21|5|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>When the weapons are too short, they are said to be as much more dangerous, because that which offends at closer distance is of greater peril, since such blows, through arriving immediately, cannot easily be awarded; from whence it follows that the partisan carries more danger than the lance, and the dagger moreso than the sword.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[39] When the weapons are too short, they are said to be as much more dangerous, because that which offends at closer distance is of greater peril, since such blows, through arriving immediately, cannot easily be awarded; from whence it follows that the partisan carries more danger than the lance, and the dagger moreso than the sword.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/21|6|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/21|6|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>Of two playing together, he who strikes in response is more praiseworthy than the one who strikes the first blow, because he reveals himself sooner to become enraged than to lose vigor after the received hit.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[40] Of two playing together, he who strikes in response is more praiseworthy than the one who strikes the first blow, because he reveals himself sooner to become enraged than to lose vigor after the received hit.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
 
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/21|7|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/22|1|lbl=6v|p=1}}
 
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/21|7|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/22|1|lbl=6v|p=1}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>It is not licit after the received blow to make more than one response stepping forward with a crossing step; the reason being that one must do well with all of one’s wit, since with that one can recover honor.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[41] It is not licit after the received blow to make more than one response stepping forward with a crossing step; the reason being that one must do well with all of one’s wit, since with that one can recover honor.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/22|2|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/22|2|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>The blow to the head, considering the excellence of that member, counts for three; and the blow to the foot is taken for two, having regard for the difficulty of making it so low.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[42] The blow to the head, considering the excellence of that member, counts for three; and the blow to the foot is taken for two, having regard for the difficulty of making it so low.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/22|3|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/22|3|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>A valorous player is he who redoubles his blows.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[43] A valorous player is he who redoubles his blows.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/22|4|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/22|4|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>The longer weapons are opposed to the shorter ones, and therefore the lance is sooner chosen than the spiedo, holding it against the spiedo not by the base owing to the peril of its length, but in the middle with such advantage. And similarly the partisan is taken sooner than the two handed sword.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[44] The longer weapons are opposed to the shorter ones, and therefore the lance is sooner chosen than the spiedo, holding it against the spiedo not by the base owing to the peril of its length, but in the middle with such advantage. And similarly the partisan is taken sooner than the two handed sword.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/22|5|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/22|5|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| <p>The enemy is made fearful by throwing blows at him from the middle upwards, rather than from the middle downwards, because the eyes and consequently the heart of them do not remain very brave from glimpsing vanquishment.</p>
+
|
 +
| <p>[45] The enemy is made fearful by throwing blows at him from the middle upwards, rather than from the middle downwards, because the eyes and consequently the heart of them do not remain very brave from glimpsing vanquishment.</p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/22|6|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/22|6|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
 +
| <p>[46] </p>
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/22|7|lbl=-}}
 
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/22|7|lbl=-}}
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
| class="noline" | <p>One must never reveal to the other any of his intentions regarding blows, but understand well those of the adversary. Because quarreling with a plain mind one must make good the other’s plans; but coming to play where honor is at stake, there it is a laudable thing to show the opposite of one’s intent.</p>
+
| class="noline" |
 +
| class="noline" | <p>[47] One must never reveal to the other any of his intentions regarding blows, but understand well those of the adversary. Because quarreling with a plain mind one must make good the other’s plans; but coming to play where honor is at stake, there it is a laudable thing to show the opposite of one’s intent.</p>
 
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/22|8|lbl=-}}
 
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/22|8|lbl=-}}
  
Line 295: Line 333:
 
{{master end}}
 
{{master end}}
  
== temp ==
 
 
{{master begin
 
{{master begin
 
  | title = First Book (Sword and Buckler)
 
  | title = First Book (Sword and Buckler)
  | width = 60em
+
  | width = 90em
 
}}
 
}}
[[file:Manciolino 3.jpg|center]]
 
 
{| class="master"
 
{| class="master"
 
|-  
 
|-  
 +
! <p>Illustrations</p>
 
! <p>{{rating|B}}<br/>by [[W. Jherek Swanger]]</p>
 
! <p>{{rating|B}}<br/>by [[W. Jherek Swanger]]</p>
 
! <p>Transcription<br/>by [[Steven Reich]]</p>
 
! <p>Transcription<br/>by [[Steven Reich]]</p>
  
|-
+
|-  
| '''OF THE FASHION OF COMBATING AND FENCING WITH ALL SORTS OF ARMS, DIVIDED INTO SIX BOOKS.'''
+
| [[file:Manciolino 3.jpg|400x400px|center]]
| '''[A7] DEL MODO DI COMBATTERE ET SCHERMIRE DI TVTTE LE SORTE ARMI DIVISO IN SEI LIBRI.'''
+
| <p>'''Of the Fashion of Combating and Fencing with All Sorts of Arms, Divided into Six Books.'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>'''First Book.'''</p>
| Because the valorous art of arms carries with it continuously for its safety the protective guards, of which there are 10 famous ones, and it has twenty different names, I have judged it useful to tell of those in the first place; as the spacious and easy field appears prior to the hay, so will they rather give greater light to the remainder of the work. Therefore with the divine aid we will turn to the first.
 
| '''P'''ERCHE La ualorosa arte dell’Armi recca di continouo seco per sicurezza sua le schifeuoli guardie, che dieci famo se sono, & ha uenti diuersi nomi, utile ho giudicato il narrar di quelle nel primiero loco, che s’innanzi apprese fieno, spatioso, & age uole Campo, anzi maggior luce al rimanente dell’opra daranno. Quinci adunque con il diuino aiuto toremo il principio.
 
  
|-
+
<p>[1] Because the valorous art of arms carries with it continuously for its safety the protective guards, of which there are 10 famous ones, and it has twenty different names, I have judged it useful to tell of those in the first place; as the spacious and easy field appears prior to the hay, so will they rather give greater light to the remainder of the work. Therefore with the divine aid we will turn to the first.</p>
| '''Of the high guard.'''
+
| {{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|23|lbl=7r}}
The first guard will be called “alta”, because meeting in combat we must gracefully hold the sword over the body, and gripped with the arm elevated as much as it can be, in such a fashion that the sword comes to rest to the rear, and the arm with the buckler must extend well forward toward the enemy as much as it can, and the right foot must stretch out about four fingers ahead of the left, with the heel a little raised, and both knees being straight and not bent.
 
| '''Di Guardia Alta. '''
 
'''L'''A Prima Guardia sera chiamata Alta, perche affrontar si douemo leggiadramente sopra la persona, et tener la spada impugnata con il Braccio piu che puoi leuato, in guisa, che la spada uenga a star di dietro, et il braccio del Brocchero deue stendersi ben innanzi uerso il Nemico quan to piu si puo, et il piede diritto si deue adagiare circa quat tro diti nanzi del manco, con il calcagno un poco solleua to, & amendue le ginocchia staranno ritte et non arcate.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| One can also do this guard in two other ways, namely either with the right foot making a large pace forward, or with the left, also with the same large pace, holding the sword and the buckler in the way as above, and always the sword is found gripped with the arm extended into the air, the feet being in the way that comfort requires; always it is called “guardia alta” because of the designation, not of the feet, but of the settlement that is taken by the sword.
+
|  
| Si puote anchora a due maniere far questa guar dia, cioè, ouero con il piede destro facendo grande passo innanzi, ouero con il sinistro, pur con il medesimo grande passo tenendo percio la spada el Brocchero nel modo di sopra, & sempre che la spada si trouera impugnata dal braccio disteso nel aere: essendo gli piedi nella guisa, che uuoi agiati: sempre si chiamera guardia alta, per cio che la denominatione, non da gli piedi, ma dalla agiatione della spada si prende
+
| <p>[2] '''Of the high guard.'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>The first guard will be called “alta”, because meeting in combat we must gracefully hold the sword over the body, and gripped with the arm elevated as much as it can be, in such a fashion that the sword comes to rest to the rear, and the arm with the buckler must extend well forward toward the enemy as much as it can, and the right foot must stretch out about four fingers ahead of the left, with the heel a little raised, and both knees being straight and not bent.</p>
| '''Of the head guard.'''
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/24|1|lbl=7v}}
The second is called “guardia di testa” which is made with equal and even extension of both arms toward the enemy in this fashion: that when you will have extended your fists, they will be found between and at the height of the shoulders, differing only in this, that the sword hand must lie somewhat lower than that of the buckler. But coming to the feet, I say that they can be found in two ways, either with the right or with the left forward in large pace, and nonetheless it will be the same guard, for the aforesaid reason.
 
| '''Guardia di Testa.'''
 
'''L'''A Seconda è detta Guardia di Testa laquale si facon eguale et pare stendimento d’amendue le Brac cia uerso il Nemico, in modo: che quando haurai distese le pugna, si truouino per mezzo alla altezza delle spal le, in questo solamente disconueneranno, che la mano della spada deue starne alquanto piu bassa, che quella del Brocchero. Ma uenendo alli piedi, dico che, in due guise trouar si possono, ouero col destro, o col sinistro innanzi a grande passo, & nondimeno sera una medesima Guardia, per la ragione gia predetta.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| '''Of the face guard.'''
+
|  
The third is called “guardia di faccia” which agrees with the previous one in two things, and differs in only one; namely, that is that it agrees not only in that the disposition of the feet can be with the right foot as well as with the left facing, but also in the height of the arms. But in this alone is the difference, that the aforesaid was having the sword on the diagonal, and this one holds it straight with the point toward the enemy’s face, and the hand armed with the buckler above the hand appointed to the sword.
+
| <p>[3] One can also do this guard in two other ways, namely either with the right foot making a large pace forward, or with the left, also with the same large pace, holding the sword and the buckler in the way as above, and always the sword is found gripped with the arm extended into the air, the feet being in the way that comfort requires; always it is called “guardia alta” because of the designation, not of the feet, but of the settlement that is taken by the sword.</p>
| '''[A8] Guardia di Faccia.'''
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/24|2|lbl=-}}
'''L'''A Terza si dice Guardia di Faccia, laquale conuie ne in due cose con la predetta, & in una sola disconuiene, percio, che non solamente conuiene nella adattatione de gli piede possendo cosi il destro, come il sinestro antiporre, ma ancho nella altezza delle Braccia. Ma in questo è sola la differenza, che la predetta hauea la spada di trauerso, et questa la tiene diritta con la punta uerso la faccia del Nemico, & la mano armata del Brocchero sopra la mano appunto della spada.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| '''Of the over the arm guard.'''
+
|  
The fourth is called “guardia di sopra il braccio” because the hand that grips the sword comes to lie in the manner of a cross in the middle of the left arm, holding the point to the rear, and in consequence the buckler arm is very extended toward the enemy.
+
| <p>[4] '''Of the head guard.'''</p>
| '''Della Guardia di sopra il Braccio.'''
 
'''L'''A Quarta è detta Guardia di sopra il Braccio, per cio, che la mano della spada impugnata uiene a gui sa di croce a giacer nel mezzo del Braccio sinistro tenendo la punta in dietro, & per conseguente il Braccio del Brocchero si destendera molto uerso il Nemico.
 
  
|-
+
<p>The second is called “guardia di testa” which is made with equal and even extension of both arms toward the enemy in this fashion: that when you will have extended your fists, they will be found between and at the height of the shoulders, differing only in this, that the sword hand must lie somewhat lower than that of the buckler. But coming to the feet, I say that they can be found in two ways, either with the right or with the left forward in large pace, and nonetheless it will be the same guard, for the aforesaid reason.</p>
| Regarding the feet, I say that in this first manner the right must be only so far forward of the left as not to touch it. One could furthermore do this same guard when the right foot makes the pace large, bending itself inward somewhat with the height of grace. And thus arranged in this guard, although the sword hand does not move from the place where it was above, that is, from the middle of the arm (because otherwise it would change the name for the reason said in the first guard) nonetheless the arms would come to elongate themselves somewhat, which previously were tucked in, so that the right shoulder comes to face opposite the enemy in the manner of delivering a blow to him wherever it seems best to you.
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/24|3|lbl=-}}
| Quanto a gli piedi, dico che in questa prima maniera il destro deue tanto stare solamente innanzi al sinistro, che non lo tocchi. Si potrebbe etiamdio far questa me desima Guardia quando il piede destro facesse grande il passo incoruandosi alquanto con somma leggiadria. Et in questa Guardia cosi assettata quantunque la mano della spada non si mouesse dal loco che era di sopra cioè da mezzo il Braccio perche altrimenti cangierebbe il no me per la ragione detta nella prima, nondimeno le Brac cia uerrebbono alquanto ad allargarsi, che prima stret ta erano. Si, che la spalla destra uenisse a guardare di rimpetto il tuo Nemico a guisa di menargli oue meglio ti paresse.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| '''Of the under the arm guard.'''
+
|  
The fifth is called “guardia di sotto il braccio”, because the sword hand must lie under the buckler arm, that is, holding the sword under the armpit, so that the point faces toward the rear, but the buckler arm will be well extended toward the enemy; but of the feet, I say that the right must adopt the manner described above here, that is, forward of the left, either a little or in large pace. But if you will hold it in large pace, it behooves you to arrange your right shoulder toward the enemy in the appointed fashion described in the fourth guard.
+
| <p>[5] '''Of the face guard.'''</p>
| '''[A8v] Della Guardia di Sotto’l Braccio.'''
 
'''L'''A Quinta è detta Guardia di sott’il Braccio, Perche la mano della Spada star deue sott’il Braccio del Brocchero cioè sotto la Lasena tenendo la spada, si che la punta guardi di dietro, Ma il Braccio del Brocchero sia bene disteso innanzi uerso il Nemico, ma de gli piedi dico, ch’el destro nel modo detto qui di sopra deue adattarsi o poco innanzi al sinistro, ouero in grande pas so. Ma se in grande passo lo tenirai, conuiene che la spal la dritta si adatti uerso il nemico nel modo appunto detto nella quarta.
 
  
|-
+
<p>The third is called “guardia di faccia” which agrees with the previous one in two things, and differs in only one; namely, that is that it agrees not only in that the disposition of the feet can be with the right foot as well as with the left facing, but also in the height of the arms. But in this alone is the difference, that the aforesaid was having the sword on the diagonal, and this one holds it straight with the point toward the enemy’s face, and the hand armed with the buckler above the hand appointed to the sword.</p>
| '''Of the narrow iron gate guard.'''
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/25|1|lbl=8r}}
The sixth guard is called “porta di ferro stretta”. In which the body must be arranged diagonally in such fashion that the right shoulder (as is said above) faces the enemy, but both the arms must be stretched out to encounter the enemy, so that the sword arm is extended straight down in the defense of the right knee, and so that the sword fist be near and centered on the aforesaid knee. But that of the buckler must be extended and straight indeed toward the enemy, neither higher nor lower than in guardia di testa. Regarding the feet, the right must be settled in large pace with the knee similarly opposite from the enemy, thereby defended by the guard, and somewhat bent, and the left on the diagonal, also with its knee somewhat bent. And this is therefore called “narrow iron door” through being the most secure among all the others, and exceedingly strong like iron, and that unlike the wide (of which will be treated immediately below), the sword draws nigh to the enemy, restraining itself equally in defense of the knee.
 
| '''Della Guardia porta di ferro stretta.'''
 
'''L'''A sesta guardia si dice Porta di ferro stretta. Ne la quale la persona si deue acconciar per trauerso in modo che la spalla destra (come è detto sopra) guardi il nemico, ma tutte due le braccia deueno sporgersi ancho incontra il nemico, si che’l braccio della spada si disten di dritto in giu alla diffesa del ginocchio destro, & talmente, che’l pugno della spada sia presso & per mezzo il ginocchio predetto. Ma quello del Brocchero deue stare disteso & dritto pur uerso il nemico, ne in su, ne in giu per guardia della testa. Degli piedi il destro agiar si deue a grande passo et con il ginocchio medesimamente dirim petto al nemico cosi dalla guardia diffeso et alquanto incoruato, & il sinistro per trauerso, pur ancho con il suo alquanto coruo. Et questa è cosi detta porta di ferro stret ta per esser la piu sicura dell’altre, & come il ferro fortissima, & che a differenza della larga (di cui subito qui sotto si trattera) stringe la spada uerso il nemico restrin'''[B1]'''gendosi gendosi parimente alla diffesa del ginocchio.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| '''Of the wide iron gate guard.'''
+
|  
The seventh guard is called “porta di ferro larga”, and this originates from the previously described, because neither the feet nor the body are moved from the appearance of the above. Only that the sword hand is moved from the knee and hangs with the point toward the ground going to the inside of the right knee, making the body more uncovered than does the preceding guard.
+
| <p>[6] '''Of the over the arm guard.'''</p>
| '''Della guardia Porta di ferro larga.'''
 
'''L'''A settima guarda è nomata Porta di ferro larga, & questa è dalla antidetta originata, perche ne gli piedi, ne la persona si moueno dalla guisa di sopra. Solamente che la mano della spada si moue dal ginocchio et cala con la punta uerso terra andando nel dentro del ginocchio destro, & percio è detta larga, perche la spada allargandosi dal detto ginocchio fa maggior scoperta de la persona, che la precedente.
 
  
|-
+
<p>The fourth is called “guardia di sopra il braccio” because the hand that grips the sword comes to lie in the manner of a cross in the middle of the left arm, holding the point to the rear, and in consequence the buckler arm is very extended toward the enemy.</p>
| '''Of the wild boar iron gate guard.'''
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/25|2|lbl=-}}
The eighth guard is called “cingiara porta di ferro”, in which the left foot is settled diagonally, bending the knee a little, but the right leg must remain straight. And as for the hands, that of the sword must rest with the fist in front of the left knee as you did in that of porta di ferro [i.e., as it was in front of the right knee in porta di ferro stretta], whence also it derived a large part of its name, but the left will be extended in defense of the head, with the buckler forward as was said a little while ago; and therefore it is called “wild boar” after the animal that has such a name, which while it approaches attacking, arranges itself with its head and tusks diagonally in the aforesaid manner of striking.
 
| '''Della Guardia Cingiara porta di ferro.'''
 
'''L'''’Ottaua guardia si chiama Cingiara porta di ferro, in cui il piede sinistro si acconcia per trauerso chinando un poco il ginocchio, ma la gamba destra deue stare distesa. Et delle mani quella della spada star deue con il pugno dinanzi al sinistro ginocchio come faceui in quella di porta di ferro donde ancho recca gran parte del suo no me, ma la sinistra stara distesa alla diffesa della testa con il Brocchero come è poco detto innanzi, & cingiara per cio si dice da l’animale che ha tale il nome, che mentre uiene assalito con la testa & con le sanne si addatta per tra uerso nella guisa predetta di ferire.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| '''Of the high long tail guard.'''
+
|  
The ninth guard is called “coda lunga alta”, with the left foot forward, the knee bent a little, and the foot must be straight toward the enemy in large pace, the right arm well extended toward the enemy with the sword well gripped diagonally, so that the point is aimed well at the enemy, the buckler arm well extended also toward the enemy’s face; and not only this guard but also the following have their origins from a guard called “coda lunga alta” in which the feet are arranged in the aforesaid fashion, but the arm is held with the sword extended straight back, which gave it its name through metaphor, as is said in the common proverb, that one must not meddle with great masters because they have the long tail, that is, they can harm you through their numerous followers; thus, such guard gives the same name to this ninth, and to the tenth. Because of being very apt for reaching and harming your companion, it therefore holds the name of “coda lunga alta”.
+
| <p>[7] Regarding the feet, I say that in this first manner the right must be only so far forward of the left as not to touch it. One could furthermore do this same guard when the right foot makes the pace large, bending itself inward somewhat with the height of grace. And thus arranged in this guard, although the sword hand does not move from the place where it was above, that is, from the middle of the arm (because otherwise it would change the name for the reason said in the first guard) nonetheless the arms would come to elongate themselves somewhat, which previously were tucked in, so that the right shoulder comes to face opposite the enemy in the manner of delivering a blow to him wherever it seems best to you.</p>
| '''Della Guardia di coda lunga alta.'''
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/25|3|lbl=-}}
'''L'''A nona guardia è detta Coda lunga alta con il pie de manco innanzi chinato un poco nel ginocchio et il piede deue stare dritto uerso il nemico a grande passo, el braccio destro ben disteso uerso il nemico ma con la spada per trauerso bene impugnata, si che la punta guardi bene il nemico, el braccio del Brocchero ben disteso pur uerso '''[B1v]''' la faccia del nemico, & non solamente questa guardia, ma ancho la seguente ha origine da una guardia detta Coda lunga alta nelle quale essendo gli piedi al predetto modo aggiati, tiensi il braccio con la spada distesamente in dietro, ilqual nome gliè dato per traslatione, che come se dice nelli uolgari prouerbi che uno non si deue impacciare con grandi maestri perche hanno la coda lunga, cioè potere di offenderti per il copioso seguito, cosi cotal guardia da il medesimo nome a questa nona & alla decima per esser molto atta di giunger & offender il compagno tiene cosi fatto nome di Coda lunga alta.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| '''Of the narrow long tail guard.'''
+
|  
The tenth guard is called “coda lunga stretta”, with the right foot forward in large pace, in a way nonetheless that the knee is a little bent somewhat diagonally, and both arms must lie as was said above, except that the sword arm reposes somewhat lower. And the aforesaid ten guards will be sufficient for our work.
+
| <p>[8] '''Of the under the arm guard.'''</p>
| '''Della guardia di coda lunga stretta.'''
 
'''L'''A decima guardia si chiama coda lunga stretta con il piede destro innanzi a grande passo, in guisa non dimeno che’l ginocchio un poco si pieghi alquanto per trauerso, & le braccia amendue star deueno, come di sopra è detto, eccetto che’l braccio della spada si riponghi alquanto piu basso. Et le predette guardie all’opra nostra siano basteuoli.
 
  
|-
+
<p>The fifth is called “guardia di sotto il braccio”, because the sword hand must lie under the buckler arm, that is, holding the sword under the armpit, so that the point faces toward the rear, but the buckler arm will be well extended toward the enemy; but of the feet, I say that the right must adopt the manner described above here, that is, forward of the left, either a little or in large pace. But if you will hold it in large pace, it behooves you to arrange your right shoulder toward the enemy in the appointed fashion described in the fourth guard.</p>
| '''Second Chapter. Of the blows.'''
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/26|1|lbl=8v}}
It is to be known that all of this spirited art is divided into two virtues. The first is to protect oneself first; therefore the chapter above on guards was done. The second is knowing how to strike your enemy in tempo, so that you cannot be equally harmed by him, because you would report no victory if you were stricken while striking, making yourself victor and vanquished at once. It is not to be wished then to make the enemy a participant in your victory, nor you in his shame.
 
| '''Capitolo secondo. Delli colpi.'''
 
'''E''' Da sapere, che tutta questa animosa arte in due uer tuti è diuisa. La prima è, guardarsi prima se, per cui è fatto il soprano capitolo delle guardie. La seconda è, sapere a tempo ferire il tuo nemico, si che tu parimente non possi da lui essere offeso, percio che ueruna gloria non riportaresti, quando ferito feristi, insieme uincitore & uinto facendoti. Non uolere adunque della uittoria tua far il ne'''[B2]'''mico participe, ne te della uergogna sua.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| But before we teach you to strike, it is necessary that the names of the blows not be secret to you. Of which five are principal, and two are not. The first is the mandritto. The second riverso. The third fendente. The fourth stoccata, or punta. The fifth falso. And because the sword has two edges, that which faces the enemy is called the true edge, and that which stays toward you is called false. If, then, you will naturally throw a blow at your enemy traveling beginning at his left ear and continuing toward his right knee, or to whatever part you want, provided that the blow was thrown at the left side of the enemy, it is called “mandritto”. But if you were to throw that contrarily, that is, to his right side, either low or high as you wish, it will be called “riverso”. And if dropping the sword between the middle of the division of the two aforesaid blows, that is, straight down through the head, it will be called “fendente”. But any blow that you would deliver from the ground upwards toward the face of the enemy, if you wish either from the right or the left side, it will be called “falso”. And if you will push the point into the enemy, it is known by all to be called “stoccata”, either with the right foot or with the left forward, either over or under hand.
+
|  
| Ma prima che ti insegniamo ferire, è necessario che gli nomi delli colpi non ti siano nascosti. Liquali cinque prin cipali sono, & duo non. Il primo è il Mandritto. Il secondo Riuerso. Il terzo Fendente. Il quarto Stoccata, ouero Punta. Il quinto Falso. Et perche la spada ha duo tagli, delli quali, quello che guarda il nemico è detto filo dritto, & quello che sta uerso te si chiama Falso. Se adunque tirerai naturalmente uerso il nemico un colpo principio pigliando dall’orecchia sinistra & continouan do uerso il ginocchio destro, ouer in che parte uuoi, pur che il colpo sia tirato nelle parti sinistre del nemico è chia mato Mandritto. Ma se tirerai quello per il contrario cioè nelle sue parti destre o basso o alto che uuoi, si dira Riuerso. Et se leuando la spada tra il mezzo del diuisa mento degli duo predetti colpi cioè dritto per la testa in giu se dira Fendente. Ma ogni colpo che tu menasti da terra in su uerso il uolto del nemico, o uuoi dal destro, o dal sinistro lato, sera detto Falso. Et se spignerai di punta nel nemico è noto da tutti chiamarsi Stoccata, o con il piede destro, o col sinistro, o sopra, o sotto mano.
+
| <p>[9] '''Of the narrow iron gate guard.'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>The sixth guard is called “porta di ferro stretta”. In which the body must be arranged diagonally in such fashion that the right shoulder (as is said above) faces the enemy, but both the arms must be stretched out to encounter the enemy, so that the sword arm is extended straight down in the defense of the right knee, and so that the sword fist be near and centered on the aforesaid knee. But that of the buckler must be extended and straight indeed toward the enemy, neither higher nor lower than in guardia di testa. Regarding the feet, the right must be settled in large pace with the knee similarly opposite from the enemy, thereby defended by the guard, and somewhat bent, and the left on the diagonal, also with its knee somewhat bent. And this is therefore called “narrow iron door” through being the most secure among all the others, and exceedingly strong like iron, and that unlike the wide (of which will be treated immediately below), the sword draws nigh to the enemy, restraining itself equally in defense of the knee.</p>
| Beyond these five there are two which are not principal because they only occur in the play of sword and buckler. The first is called “tramazzone”, which is done with the wrist of the hand that has the sword, with that winding from below upwards toward your left side in the manner of a fendente; the other is called “montante”, because it is thrown from below upwards in the fashion of a falso which ascends to finish in guardia alta.
+
|
| Oltre a questi cinque sono duo, che principali non so no, perche solamente nel gioco di spada & di Brocche ro auienono. Il primo è detto Tramazzone, ilquale si fa con il nodo della mano che ha la spada, quella di sotto in su snodando uerso le parti sinistre tue a guisa di Fendente, l’altro è detto Montante, perche si tira di sotto in su in modo d’uno Falso che monta per sino in Guardia alta.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/26|2|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/27|1|lbl=9r|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| '''Third Chapter, of the offenses that arise from guardia alta.'''
+
|  
Having already treated of the guards and of the names of the blows, and how they are done, we now begin to teach to strike, and following the strikes, to parry. And because ideal players always settle themselves in their guards for their safety, we will instruct you of the marring and wounding of an enemy reposed in any of the ten said guards, and then how he must defend himself; and first we present the offenses that can be done in guardia alta.
+
| <p>[10] '''Of the wide iron gate guard.'''</p>
| '''[B2v] Capitolo terzo dell’offese che alla guardia alta partengono.'''
 
'''H'''Auendo gia trattato delle guardie & delli nomi di colpi, & come si fanno, hora cominciaremo insegnar a ferire & seguentemente le ferite riparare. Et perche sempre gli ottimi giocatori si adaggiano nelle sue guardie per loro sicurezza, Ti ammaestreremo come dei sconciare et ferire il nemico riposto in qualunque delle die ci dette guardie, et poi com’egli si deue diffendere, & pri ma porremo l’offese che in guardia alta far si possono.
 
  
|-
+
<p>The seventh guard is called “porta di ferro larga”, and this originates from the previously described, because neither the feet nor the body are moved from the appearance of the above. Only that the sword hand is moved from the knee and hangs with the point toward the ground going to the inside of the right knee, making the body more uncovered than does the preceding guard.</p>
| Accordingly, posing the case that you and your enemy are in guardia alta, and that you are the attacker, you can throw a mandritto at his sword hand which will go over your arm, and then turn a riverso also to that hand. Then ascend with a montante to return to guardia alta; if you will do these three blows, your enemy will be unable to throw anything toward you that could offend you, because he would always come to collide his hand into your sword. But if it does not please you to throw the three aforesaid blows, you can turn a riverso to his thigh. And if the enemy throws to your head, meet his sword hand with a falso crossed over your arm.
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/27|2|lbl=-}}
| Percio che ponendo per caso che tu & il nemico siate in guardia alta, & che tu sii l’offendente tu puoi tirare di mandritto per la sua mano della spada, che uadi sopra braccio, & tornare di riuerso pur per quella mano. Indi sa lir di montante in su ilquale in guardia Alta ritorni, che se questi tre colpi farai, il nemico non potra tirare per alcuno uerso, che offender ti possi, perche sempre uerrebbe a scontrarsi la sua mano nella tua spada. Ma se non ti piacesser tirargli gli predetti tre colpi, tu puoi uolgergli uno riuerso per coscia. Et se’l nemico tirasse per Testa, giungergli la mano della Spada d’un falso trauersato sopra braccio.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| Or you can make a show of raising a montante, and in that tempo step forward into large pace with your left foot, and go with your sword into guardia di testa, there awaiting the enemy’s blow upon your sword. Which done, then you will immediately be able to step your right foot toward his left side, giving to him in that tempo a mandritto upon his head, so that your left foot follows behind your right, and going with your sword into guardia di testa for your shelter.
+
|  
| Ouero puoi far uista di salir d’un montante, & in quel tempo passar di gran passo col piede man co innanzi, & andare con la spada in guardia di Testa, iui aspettando il nemico colpo in su la spada tua. Ilche fatto, di subito poi scorrer potrai con il piede destro uerso le sue sinistre parti in quel tempo dandogli di uno mandritto in su la testa, si che’l piede manco seguiti il destro per di dietro, & andando con la spada in guardia di te'''[B3]'''sta per tuo riparo.
+
| <p>[11] '''Of the wild boar iron gate guard.'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>The eighth guard is called “cingiara porta di ferro”, in which the left foot is settled diagonally, bending the knee a little, but the right leg must remain straight. And as for the hands, that of the sword must rest with the fist in front of the left knee as you did in that of porta di ferro,<ref>I.e., as it was in front of the right knee in porta di ferro stretta.</ref> whence also it derived a large part of its name, but the left will be extended in defense of the head, with the buckler forward as was said a little while ago; and therefore it is called “wild boar” after the animal that has such a name, which while it approaches attacking, arranges itself with its head and tusks diagonally in the aforesaid manner of striking.</p>
| Alternately you also could pretend to drop a riverso to his thigh, keeping an eye well on the enemy’s hand, and when he throws to your face, you would immediately have to throw a mandritto under your arm to his sword hand, making your buckler be the good preserver of your head, and retreating back to the rear with your right foot for your safety.
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/27|3|lbl=-}}
| Altrimenti anchora potresti far sem biante di discendere con uno riuerso per coscia & hauer ben l’occhio alla mano nemica, & quando egli tirasse alla uolta della tua testa, tu prestamente tirar gli douresti di uno Mandritto sotto braccio per la mano della spada fa cendo che’l brocchero fosse bono conseruatore della testa tua, & fuggendo di riuerso con il piede destro in dietro per tua sicurezza.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| Moreover, you could have cut a tramazzone falling into porta di ferro, thereby leaving yourself entirely uncovered, so that he would have cause to throw some blow at you; immediately going with your sword into guardia di testa and advancing forward somewhat with your right foot, whereby you will defend yourself, throwing thereafter a mandritto, either to the face or the thigh, warding your head equally with the buckler, you will then retreat back to the rear with your right foot for your protection.
+
|  
| Potresti etiamdio tagliare uno tramazzone calante in porta di ferro scoperto tutto, accio che l’hauesse cagione di trarti qualche colpo, Tu subito andando con la spada in guardia di testa & crescendo al quanto con il piede destro innanzi, da quello ti defenderai tirando successiuamente uno mandritto, o per faccia, o per gamba schifando parimente la testa con il brocche ro, & poi fuggirai di riuerso con il piede destro in dietro per tuo schermo.
+
| <p>[12] '''Of the high long tail guard.'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>The ninth guard is called “coda lunga alta”, with the left foot forward, the knee bent a little, and the foot must be straight toward the enemy in large pace, the right arm well extended toward the enemy with the sword well gripped diagonally, so that the point is aimed well at the enemy, the buckler arm well extended also toward the enemy’s face; and not only this guard but also the following have their origins from a guard called “coda lunga alta” in which the feet are arranged in the aforesaid fashion, but the arm is held with the sword extended straight back, which gave it its name through metaphor, as is said in the common proverb, that one must not meddle with great masters because they have the long tail, that is, they can harm you through their numerous followers; thus, such guard gives the same name to this ninth, and to the tenth. Because of being very apt for reaching and harming your companion, it therefore holds the name of “coda lunga alta”.</p>
| You will also be able, making a passing step with your left foot, to throw a tramazzone to his right side, and then you will lead him to believe that you will strike him with a riverso, but in spite of all that you will throw a mandritto at him. Alternately, making a show of attacking him with a tramazzone, you will strike him with a mandritto. And if that is not to your liking, you can throw an overhand thrust, following it with a tramazzone or two.
+
|  
| Potrai anchora con il sinistro piede trapassando tirare di uno tramazzone uerso le sue destre parti, & poi dargli a uedere di ferirlo d’un riuerso, ma per tutto cio gli tirerai di mandritto. Ouero facen do uista di ferirlo d’uno tramazzone lo ferirai d’uno man dritto. Et se cio non ti piacesse, tu puoi tirare una pun ta di sopra mano seguitandola di uno tramazzone o duo.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/27|4|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/28|1|lbl=9v|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| Or, striking him with a fendente, give a following tramazzone. And hereby are finished the various ways by one of which you can offend someone who lies opposite you in the aforesaid guard; but if you were the offended, here are the counters, or responses, to the aforesaid offenses, briefly, below.
+
|  
| Ouero ferirlo di uno fendente da uno tramazzone ac compagnato. Et cosi sono finiti li molti modi, per uno de liquali puoi offendere quello che stara di rimpetto a te ne la predetta guardia, ma se tu fusti l’offeso qui si sottono teranno gli contrarij o risposte de le predette offese sotto breuitate.
+
| <p>[13] '''Of the narrow long tail guard.'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>The tenth guard is called “coda lunga stretta”, with the right foot forward in large pace, in a way nonetheless that the knee is a little bent somewhat diagonally, and both arms must lie as was said above, except that the sword arm reposes somewhat lower. And the aforesaid ten guards will be sufficient for our work.</p>
| '''Chapter Four: Of the counters that can be done by one who was attacked in guardia alta.'''
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/28|2|lbl=-}}
The enemy makes some blow that pleases him, in order to offend you, who are in guardia alta. You must beat the rim of your buckler up and down, that is, [in response to] the fendente or the falso of his sword [respectively], doing which, you will come to render yourself safe from any offensive blow.
 
| '''[B3v] Cap. quarto. Delli contrari che far si ponno per quello, ch’offeso fos se in Guardia Alta.'''
 
Accia il nemico qual colpo gli piace per offender te, che sei in guardia alta. Tu dei tre, o quattro fia te percoter l’orlo del Brocchero in su & in giu, cioè con il fendente & con il falso della spada, il che facendo ti ue nirai a render sicurissimo da qualunque offensiuo colpo.  
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| You can also attack against each one, drawing your right foot behind your left into large pace, extending a thrust in the gesture of a montante, which goes into guardia di faccia.
+
|  
| Tu puoi anchora contra ciascuno ferire, trahendo il pie de destro a grande passo dietro al sinistro cacciar una pun ta in atto di montante, che uadi in guardia di faccia.
+
| <p>[14] '''Second Chapter. Of the blows.'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>It is to be known that all of this spirited art is divided into two virtues. The first is to protect oneself first; therefore the chapter above on guards was done. The second is knowing how to strike your enemy in tempo, so that you cannot be equally harmed by him, because you would report no victory if you were stricken while striking, making yourself victor and vanquished at once. It is not to be wished then to make the enemy a participant in your victory, nor you in his shame.</p>
| '''Chapter 5, of the offenses that can be given against one who was in guardia di testa.'''
+
|  
Both of you lying in guardia di testa, you wanting to offend the enemy, then throw a mandritto<sup>1</sup> to his face, or flanks, or if you wish, to his leg. Or extend a thrust<sup>2</sup> to his face and throw a tramazzone. Or pretend to attack with a mandrittom,<sup>3</sup> but throw a riverso. Or if you prefer, do two mandritti.<sup>4</sup> As well, pretend instead to throw a tramazzone<sup>5</sup> and nonetheless strike him with a mandritto.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/28|3|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/29|1|lbl=10r|p=1}}
| '''Cap. quinto. Delle offese che far si ponno contra uno che fosse in guardia di Testa.'''
 
'''I'''N questa guardia di testa trouandoui pur amenduo, uolendo tu offender il nemico, tu poi tirare d’uno man dritto per faccia, o per fianchi, o uogli per gamba. Ouero spignere una punta per faccia & tirare uno tramazzone. Ouero far sembiante di ferire d’un mandritto, ma tirare d’uno riuerso. O se piu ti piacesse fare duo mandritti. Altrimenti anchora, cioè far sembiante di tirare d’uno tramazzone, & nondimeno ferirlo d’uno mandritto.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| '''Chapter 6: Of the counters that should be done against one attacking another in guardia di testa.'''
+
|  
The counters that you can make against the aforesaid attacks are these: namely against the mandritto<sup>1</sup> to the flank, leg, or face, you can withdraw your right foot behind your left into large pace, and in this tempo you will avoid the mandritto however it may be done.
+
| <p>[15] But before we teach you to strike, it is necessary that the names of the blows not be secret to you. Of which five are principal, and two are not. The first is the mandritto. The second riverso. The third fendente. The fourth stoccata, or punta. The fifth falso. And because the sword has two edges, that which faces the enemy is called the true edge, and that which stays toward you is called false. If, then, you will naturally throw a blow at your enemy traveling beginning at his left ear and continuing toward his right knee, or to whatever part you want, provided that the blow was thrown at the left side of the enemy, it is called “mandritto”. But if you were to throw that contrarily, that is, to his right side, either low or high as you wish, it will be called “riverso”. And if dropping the sword between the middle of the division of the two aforesaid blows, that is, straight down through the head, it will be called “fendente”. But any blow that you would deliver from the ground upwards toward the face of the enemy, if you wish either from the right or the left side, it will be called “falso”. And if you will push the point into the enemy, it is known by all to be called “stoccata”, either with the right foot or with the left forward, either over or under hand.</p>
| '''Capitolo sesto. Delli contrari che far si deb bono contra uno offendente l’altro in guardia di testa.'''
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/29|2|lbl=-}}
'''G'''Li contrari, che tu puoi fare alle predette offese sono questi, cioè, al mandritto per fianco, al mandrit'''[B4]'''to per gamba, al mandritto per faccia. Tu puoi ritirare il piede destro a grande passo dietro al manco, & in que sto tempo scanserai il mandritto come egli si sia.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| And finding yourself in coda lunga alta, thereafter you will extend a thrust to his face, and in this extension you will step forward with your right foot into large pace, giving him in this tempo a mandritto to the face. But if the enemy turns a thrust<sup>2</sup> with a tramazzone you will protect against such a thrust with the sword. And when he turns tramazzoni at you, you will put your sword hand under your buckler, directing the point of your sword toward the enemy’s hand. If, however, he throws a mandritto,<sup>3</sup> you will go with your sword into guardia di faccia.
+
|  
| Et trouandoti in coda lunga alta successiuamente spigne rai una una punta per faccia, & in questo spignere scorgerai il piede destro innanzi a grande passo dandogli in questo tempo d’uno mandritto per faccia. Ma se’l ne mico uolgesse una punta con uno tramazzone tu riparerai cotale punta con la spada. Et quando egli uolgesse gli tramazzoni, tu porrai la mano della spada sotto il brocchero drizzando la punta della tua spada uerso la nemico mano. Se però egli tirasse di mandritto, anderai con la spada in guardia di faccia.
+
| <p>[16] Beyond these five there are two which are not principal because they only occur in the play of sword and buckler. The first is called “tramazzone”, which is done with the wrist of the hand that has the sword, with that winding from below upwards toward your left side in the manner of a fendente; the other is called “montante”, because it is thrown from below upwards in the fashion of a falso which ascends to finish in guardia alta.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/29|3|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| And when he turns a riverso at you, either high or low, you will ward it with your sword, immediately turning a mandritto at him in whatever way seems best to you. But against the two mandritti<sup>4</sup> you will be able to hinder them by cutting the enemy’s sword hand with a mezzo mandritto inside the rim of your buckler, subsequently adapting your sword into porta di ferro stretta, and however he throws the other mandritto, you will ward it with a falso, throwing a mandritto downwards toward his face, and stepping forward with the right foot in that same tempo in order to have a better way to strike him.
+
|  
| Et mentre ch’egli uolgesse uno riuerso o alto o basso, tu con la spada lo schiferai, uolgendogli subito uno mandritto di quella guisa che migliore ti parra. Ma alli duo mandritti tu potrai ostare tagliando di uno mezzo mandritto per la mano della spada dentro de l’orlo del tuo brocchero adattando seguentemente la tua spada in porta di ferro stret ta, & come tirera l’altro mandritto, lo schiferai con un falso, tirando in giu un mandritto per la faccia, & scor rendo in quello medesimo tempo con il piede destro innan zi per hauer meglio il modo di ferirlo.
+
| <p>[17] '''Third Chapter, of the offenses that arise from guardia alta.'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>Having already treated of the guards and of the names of the blows, and how they are done, we now begin to teach to strike, and following the strikes, to parry. And because ideal players always settle themselves in their guards for their safety, we will instruct you of the marring and wounding of an enemy reposed in any of the ten said guards, and then how he must defend himself; and first we present the offenses that can be done in guardia alta.</p>
| But if he pretends to throw a tramazzone<sup>5</sup> in order to give you a mandritto, you will hinder that pretense with a turning of a mandritto, reposing your sword into porta di ferro stretta, and when the enemy will then throw the mandritto to give it to you, you will hit it immediately with a falso, giving him a riverso to the thigh.
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/30|1|lbl=10v}}
| Ma sel faces se sembiante di tirare uno Tramazzone per dare d’uno mandritto, tu a quello sembiante osterai con il uolgere d’uno mandritto, riponendo la spada in porta di ferro stretta, & quando’l Nemico tirera il mandritto per darti, tu quella con falso subito urterai, dandogli d’un riuerso per coscia.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| '''Chapter 7, of the offenses that can be done against one settled in guardia di faccia.'''
+
|  
Both being in guard, and you wanting to offend your enemy, you can extend a thrust<sup>1</sup> into his face. Or provoke him with a strong mandritto<sup>2</sup> or with a tramazzone;<sup>3</sup> and if you prefer, with the false edge of your sword you will hit<sup>4</sup> that of your enemy, striking him in the face. Or making a show of throwing a riverso<sup>5</sup> upwards from beneath, you will be able to give him a mandritto.
+
| <p>[18] Accordingly, posing the case that you and your enemy are in guardia alta, and that you are the attacker, you can throw a mandritto at his sword hand which will go over your arm, and then turn a riverso also to that hand. Then ascend with a montante to return to guardia alta; if you will do these three blows, your enemy will be unable to throw anything toward you that could offend you, because he would always come to collide his hand into your sword. But if it does not please you to throw the three aforesaid blows, you can turn a riverso to his thigh. And if the enemy throws to your head, meet his sword hand with a falso crossed over your arm.</p>
| '''[B4v] Cap. settimo, dell’offese che puoi fare contra uno agiato in guardia di faccia.'''
 
'''E'''Ssendo amenduo in guardia, & uolendo tu il nemico offendere, tu puoi spignere una punta nella sua faccia. Ouero prouocarlo con un forte mandritto, o con un tramazzone, & se piu tu piacesse con il falso della tua spada urterai in quello del nemico tirando per faccia. Ouero facendo uista tirare di riuerso di sotto in su, potrai dargli d’uno mandritto.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Or you can make a show of raising a montante, and in that tempo step forward into large pace with your left foot, and go with your sword into guardia di testa, there awaiting the enemy’s blow upon your sword. Which done, then you will immediately be able to step your right foot toward his left side, giving to him in that tempo a mandritto upon his head, so that your left foot follows behind your right, and going with your sword into guardia di testa for your shelter.</p>
| '''Chapter 8, of the counters in response to aforesaid offenses in guardia di faccia.'''
 
You will be careful that when the enemy extends some thrust,<sup>1</sup> you will pass with your left foot toward his right, and in this passing you will make a half turn with the fist that holds your sword, in such a way that the enemy will rest on the outside, and then following this you will strike his face. But if he throws a mandritto,<sup>2</sup> in the raising that is done of the fist that holds his sword, you will immediately offer to that the point of yours in order that he will lie in fear of lowering it.
 
| '''Cap. ottauo, degli contrari in risposta alle predette offese in guardia di faccia.'''
 
'''S'''Erai aueduto, che mentre il nemico spignera alcuna punta, tu passerai con il piede manco uerso le sue par ti destre, & in questo passare farai una mezza uolta con il pugno della spada, in tal guisa chel nemico restera di fuori, & allhora successiuamente gli ferirai la faccia. Ma se egli tirasse uno mandritto, nel leuar chel fara del pugno de la spada, tu subito a quello offerirai la punta di la tua per lo cui timore egli si restera di calarlo.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Alternately you also could pretend to drop a riverso to his thigh, keeping an eye well on the enemy’s hand, and when he throws to your face, you would immediately have to throw a mandritto under your arm to his sword hand, making your buckler be the good preserver of your head, and retreating back to the rear with your right foot for your safety.</p>
| If however he throws a tramazzone<sup>3</sup> you will defend with a falso, that is you will turn that well toward his left side in order that it will not only come to ward that tramazzone, but also you will give him the edge in the face, and if he hits your sword<sup>4</sup> in order to give you a blow in the face, you will immediately make a half turn with the fist that holds your sword and thus you will remain secure.
 
| Se però tirasse uno tramazzone ti riparerai con uno falso, cioè uolgerai ben quello uerso le sue sinistre parti, per il che non solamente uenira schifato il tramazzone, ma ancho gli darai del filo nella faccia, & se egli urtasse la tua spada per darti ne la faccia, tu prestamente farai una mez za uolta col pugno della spada, & cosi restarai sicuro.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Moreover, you could have cut a tramazzone falling into porta di ferro, thereby leaving yourself entirely uncovered, so that he would have cause to throw some blow at you; immediately going with your sword into guardia di testa and advancing forward somewhat with your right foot, whereby you will defend yourself, throwing thereafter a mandritto, either to the face or the thigh, warding your head equally with the buckler, you will then retreat back to the rear with your right foot for your protection.</p>
| But if he pretends to make a riverso<sup>5</sup> upwards from beneath in order to give you a mandritto, you in that pretense will join together your sword hand with that of your buckler, and as he makes the mandritto, withdrawing your right foot to large pace behind your left you will press your true edge into his sword hand.
 
|Ma sel facesse sembiante di fare uno riuerso di sotto in su, per darti d’uno mandritto, tu in cotal uista chiuderai insieme la mano de la spada con quella del brocchero, & come egli fara il mandritto, tu trahendo il piede '''[B5]''' destro a grande passo dietro al manco, spignerai il dritto filo ne la sua mano de la spada.
 
  
|-
+
<p>You will also be able, making a passing step with your left foot, to throw a tramazzone to his right side, and then you will lead him to believe that you will strike him with a riverso, but in spite of all that you will throw a mandritto at him. Alternately, making a show of attacking him with a tramazzone, you will strike him with a mandritto. And if that is not to your liking, you can throw an overhand thrust, following it with a tramazzone or two.</p>
| '''Chapter 9, of the offenses that can be done against one in guardia sopra braccio.'''
+
|  
You can throw a riverso, or make a show of throwing two riversi,<sup>1</sup> nonetheless offending him with a mandritto,<sup>2</sup> and such offenses are understood to be done with both lying in that same guard, and such may be said once for all.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/30|2|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/31|1|lbl=11r|p=1}}
| '''Cap. nono, delle offese che far puoi contra uno in guardia sopra braccio.'''
 
'''T'''V puoi tirare d’uno riuerso, ouer far uista di tirare duo riuersi, nondimeno offenderlo d’un mandritto, & tali offendimenti si intendono essere fatti trouandosi amenduo in quella medesima guardia, & cio sia detto una fiata per tutte.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| Continuing then, you can also throw a riverso<sup>3</sup> inside the edge of the buckler, or feint to give a riverso<sup>4</sup> and strike him with a mandritto, or pass with your left foot toward his right side, and feinting to give him a riverso,<sup>5</sup> pass with your right foot toward his left side and give him a fendente upon his head, so that your left leg follows behind your right.
+
|  
| Seguitando adunque tu puoi anchora tirare uno riuerso dentro de l’orlo del Brocchero, ouero finger di dargli di riuerso & ferirlo di Mandritto, ouero passar con il piede sinistro uerso le sue parti diritte, & fingendo di dargli d’uno riuerso, passare con il piede destro uerso le sue parti sinsitre & dargli d’uno fendente in su la testa, si che la gamba sinistra seguiti la destra pr di dietro.
+
| <p>[19] Or, striking him with a fendente, give a following tramazzone. And hereby are finished the various ways by one of which you can offend someone who lies opposite you in the aforesaid guard; but if you were the offended, here are the counters, or responses, to the aforesaid offenses, briefly, below.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/31|2|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| You can also pretend to extend a punta riversa<sup>6</sup> over your arm, nonetheless throwing a tramazzone, or you can do together a riverso,<sup>7</sup> a fendente, and a tramazzone. Or you can step forward with your left foot and extend a thrust<sup>8</sup> over your buckler, and then pass with your right foot, and then you will be able to throw a mandritto or tramazzone as you wish. You could, moreover, step toward his right side with your left foot throwing out a riverso,<sup>9</sup> or undoing him with a mandritto.<sup>10</sup>
+
|  
| Tu puoi anchora far sembiante di spignere sopra brac cio una punta riuersa, nondimeno tirare d’uno tramazzone, ouero puoi far insieme uno riuerso, uno fendente, & un tramazzone. Ouero puoi scorrere con il piede man co innanzi & spigner una punta sopra il brocchero, & poi passare con il piede dritto, & quiui potrai tirare uno mandritto o tramazzone che uuoi. Potrestri etiandio scorgere il piede dritto uerso le sue parti destre tirando d’u no riuerso spinto, o snodandogli d’uno mandritto.
+
| <p>[20] '''Chapter Four: Of the counters that can be done by one who was attacked in guardia alta.'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>The enemy makes some blow that pleases him, in order to offend you, who are in guardia alta. You must beat the rim of your buckler up and down, that is, [in response to] the fendente or the falso of his sword [respectively], doing which, you will come to render yourself safe from any offensive blow.</p>
| '''Chapter 10, of the counters to the previously named offenses of guardia sopra braccio.'''
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/32|1|lbl=11v}}
When the enemy throws the aforesaid two riversi,<sup>1</sup> you will parry the first with the sword, and as he will wish to do the second, immediately recoiling your right foot near to your left, you will pass forward with the said left giving him in this tempo a riverso driven out into his face; and if he pretends to do two riversi in order to give a mandritto,<sup>2</sup> you will throw your right foot behind your left, going with your sword into cingiara porta di ferro, and as he will want to strike with the mandritto, immediately returning your right foot forward and hitting that [i.e. his mandritto] together with the false edge of your sword, you will strike him with a riverso. But if he hits with a riverso<sup>3</sup> inside the rim of the buckler, you will turn a mandritto to his face. But if he makes a show of a riverso<sup>4</sup> in order to give you a mandritto, to such a show you will go into guardia di faccia;
 
| '''Cap. decimo, delli contrari alle prenomate offese di guardia sopra braccio.'''
 
'''Q'''Vando’l Nemico tirera gli predetti duo riuersi, il primo con la spada riparerai, & com’egli uo'''[B5v]'''ra far il secondo, tu subito raccogliendo il tuo piede dritto appresso il manco passerai con il detto manco innanzi dandogli in questo tempo di uno riuerso spinto nella faccia, et s’egli facesse sembiante di duo riuersi, per dare del man dritto, tu gittarai il piede destro dietro il sinistro andando con la spada in cingiara porta di ferro, & come uorra fe rir del mandritto, tu subito ritornando con il piede dritto innanzi urtando insieme quello con il falso della tua spada, & ferendolo d’uno riuerso. Ma s’egli urtasse con il riuerso nel dentro del orlo del Brocchero, tu uolterai un mandritto per faccia. Ma sel facesse uista del riuerso per darti del mandritto, a cotale uista tu anderai in guar dia di faccia.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| and as he throws in order to give you the aforesaid mandritto, you will make your sword a little lower, parrying that, and you will immediately pass your left foot toward his right side extending to him a riverso into his right temple, so that your right leg follows behind your left. But if he passes with the left foot in order to feint to give you a riverso,<sup>5</sup> you will immediately settle yourself with your sword into guardia di faccia, and as he passes toward your left side in order to give you a fendente, you will immediately strike his right temple diagonally with a riverso.
+
|  
| Et com’egli tirasse per darti del mandritto predetto, ti farai picciolo sotto la spada riparando quel lo, & subito passerai con il piede sinistro uerso le sue parti dritte spingendoli un riuerso in la tempia dritta, si, che la gamba destra seguiti la manca per di dietro. Ma s’egli passasse col piede manco per finger di darti del riuerso, tu subito ti assetterai, con la tua spada in guardia di faccia, & com’egli passera uerso le tue parti sinistre per cagione di darti d’uno fendente, tu subito gli ferirai la tempia dritta per trauerso di uno riuerso.
+
| <p>[21] You can also attack against each one, drawing your right foot behind your left into large pace, extending a thrust in the gesture of a montante, which goes into guardia di faccia.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/32|2|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| But if he extends a punta riversa,<sup>6</sup> you will ward it with the sword; and he throwing two tramazzoni* at you, you will immediately go with your sword into guardia di testa and then you will ward those, striking him with a mandritto to the face.
+
|  
| Ma sel spignesse la punta riuersa, tu con la spada la schiferai, & egli tiran do gli duo tramazzoni, tu subito anderai con la spada in guardia di testa, & iui quelli schiferai, ferendolo d’uno mandritto per faccia.
+
| <p>[22] '''Chapter 5, of the offenses that can be given against one who was in guardia di testa.'''
  
|-
+
<p>Both of you lying in guardia di testa, you wanting to offend the enemy, then throw a mandritto<sup>1</sup> to his face, or flanks, or if you wish, to his leg.</p>
| But if he throws a riverso,<sup>7</sup> you will turn him a thrust to the hand in the company of the buckler, and if he throws a fendente, you will parry that by going with your sword into guardia di testa.
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/32|3|lbl=-}}
| Ma sel tirasse di riuerso, tu gli uolgerai una punta per la mano in compagnia del Brocchero, & sel tirasse di fendente, tu andando con la spada in guardia di testa quello riparerai.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| But if he turns the tramazzone, immediately stepping forward with your left foot into large pace, you will ward that with the buckler, giving him a stoccata to the flank, and removing yourself with a leap to the rear.
+
|  
| Ma sel uolgesse '''[B6]''' il tramazzone, tu subito scorrendo con il sinistro innanzi a grande passo, quello con il Brocchero schiferai dandogli di una stoccata per fianco & leuandoti con uno salto al indietro.
+
| <p>[23] Or extend a thrust<sup>2</sup> to his face and throw a tramazzone. Or pretend to attack with a mandrittom,<sup>3</sup> but throw a riverso. Or if you prefer, do two mandritti.<sup>4</sup> As well, pretend instead to throw a tramazzone<sup>5</sup> and nonetheless strike him with a mandritto.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/32|4|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| But if he passes forward with his left foot and extends a thrust<sup>8</sup> over his arm toward your face, you will parry that with your sword.
+
|  
| Ma s’egli passasse con il piede sinistro innanzi, & spignesse una punta nella faccia soura il suo braccio, tu con la spada la riparerai.
+
| <p>[24] '''Chapter 6: Of the counters that should be done against one attacking another in guardia di testa.'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>The counters that you can make against the aforesaid attacks are these: namely against the mandritto<sup>1</sup> to the flank, leg, or face, you can withdraw your right foot behind your left into large pace, and in this tempo you will avoid the mandritto however it may be done.</p>
| And as he passes with his right foot in order to give you a mandritto, while that blow has not yet reached you, in that moment you will give him a riverso in his right thigh.
+
|
| Et com’egli passera con il piede dritto per darti del mandritto mentre anchora il colpo non sera giunto in quel spatio gli darai di uno riuerso nella sua coscia destra.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/32|5|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/33|1|lbl=12r|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| And when he throws two tramazzoni* at you, you will ward them with your right foot forward and with your sword in guardia di testa, throwing a thrust to his face.
+
|  
| Et quando egli tirera gli duo tramazzoni, tu col piede destro innanzi & con la spada in guardia di testa gli schiferai, tirandogli di una punta nella faccia.
+
| <p>[25] And finding yourself in coda lunga alta, thereafter you will extend a thrust to his face, and in this extension you will step forward with your right foot into large pace, giving him in this tempo a mandritto to the face. But if the enemy turns a thrust<sup>2</sup> with a tramazzone you will protect against such a thrust with the sword. And when he turns tramazzoni at you, you will put your sword hand under your buckler, directing the point of your sword toward the enemy’s hand. If, however, he throws a mandritto,<sup>3</sup> you will go with your sword into guardia di faccia.
  
|-
+
<p>And when he turns a riverso at you, either high or low, you will ward it with your sword, immediately turning a mandritto at him in whatever way seems best to you. But against the two mandritti<sup>4</sup> you will be able to hinder them by cutting the enemy’s sword hand with a mezzo mandritto inside the rim of your buckler, subsequently adapting your sword into porta di ferro stretta, and however he throws the other mandritto, you will ward it with a falso, throwing a mandritto downwards toward his face, and stepping forward with the right foot in that same tempo in order to have a better way to strike him.</p>
| But if he passes with his left foot toward your right side in order to give you a riverso<sup>9</sup> extended to your face, you will immediately turn a falso to his right temple, so that your buckler is a good defender of your head.
 
| Ma s’egli passasse con il piede sinistro uerso le tue parti dritte per darti d’uno riuerso spinto nella faccia, tu subito gli uolgerai uno falso nella sua tempia dritta si, chel Brocchero sia buono schermitore della testa.
 
  
|-
+
<p>But if he pretends to throw a tramazzone<sup>5</sup> in order to give you a mandritto, you will hinder that pretense with a turning of a mandritto, reposing your sword into porta di ferro stretta, and when the enemy will then throw the mandritto to give it to you, you will hit it immediately with a falso, giving him a riverso to the thigh.</p>
| And when he looses a mandritto,<sup>10</sup> you will immediately draw your right foot near your left, lifting together your sword arm into the air, blocking that, and then you will cast your right foot forward striking him with an answering mandritto to the head. [*note that these “ two tramazzoni” were, in both cases, singular in Ch. 9]
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/33|2|lbl=-}}
| Et quando egli snodasse il mandritto, tu subito tirerai il piede destro appresso il manco leuando insieme nel aere il braccio della spada scansando quello, & poscia gitterai il piede destro innanzi ferendolo d’uno responsiuo mandritto per testa.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| '''Chapter 11, of the offenses that can be made against one who was in guardia di sotto braccio.'''
+
|  
You can throw a riverso to the face,<sup>1</sup> or raise a falso,<sup>2</sup> throwing nonetheless a mandritto to the face. You could also throw a riverso<sup>3</sup> retreating backward with the left foot. Or extend a thrust<sup>4</sup> to the enemy’s hand. Or with the left foot forward raise a falso<sup>5</sup> into the air, and in this tempo extend a thrust in the gesture of a montante passing forward soon with your right foot and turning a tramazzone which falls into porta di ferro stretta.
+
| <p>[26] '''Chapter 7, of the offenses that can be done against one settled in guardia di faccia.'''</p>
| '''Cap. Vndecimo dell’offese che far si ponno contra uno che fusse in guardia di sotto braccio.'''
 
'''T'''V puoi tirare uno riuerso per faccia, ouero leuar uno falso, tirando nondimeno uno mandritto per faccia. Potresti anchora tirare uno riuerso fuggendo indie tro con il piede sinistro. Ouero spigner una punta nella ne mica mano. O con il piede mancino innanci alciare nel ae'''[B6v]'''re uno falso, et in questo tempo cacciar una punta in atto di montante tosto passando con il piede dritto innanzi & uolgendo uno Tramazzone, che cala in porta di ferro stretta.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Both being in guard, and you wanting to offend your enemy, you can extend a thrust<sup>1</sup> into his face. Or provoke him with a strong mandritto<sup>2</sup> or with a tramazzone;<sup>3</sup> and if you prefer, with the false edge of your sword you will hit<sup>4</sup> that of your enemy, striking him in the face. Or making a show of throwing a riverso<sup>5</sup> upwards from beneath, you will be able to give him a mandritto.</p>
| '''Chapter 12, of the counters to the said offenses in guardia di sotto braccio.'''
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/34|1|lbl=12v}}
As the enemy throws a riverso<sup>1</sup> to your face, you will pass forward with your left foot toward his right side throwing in that tempo a riverso at him toward his right temple.
 
| '''Cap. Duodecimo delli contrari alle dette offese in guardia di sotto braccio.'''
 
'''C'''Ome il nemico tirera del riuerso nella tua faccia, tu passerai con il piede manco innanzi uerso le sue parti dritte tirandogli in quel tempo di uno riuerso nella tempia destra.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| But if he makes a falso<sup>2</sup> with a following mandritto, you will raise the false edge of your sword against him, and during his throwing of the mandritto, casting your right foot behind your left in large pace you will give a mezzo mandritto to his sword, placing it [i.e. yours] into cingiara porta di ferro, and then with your right foot you will immediately pass forward into large pace, pushing a thrust into the enemy’s face, and throwing thereafter a mandritto into the shins of his legs.
+
|  
| Ma sel facesse uno falso con il mandrit to seguente, tu al incontro leuerai il falso della tua spada & nel tirare del mandritto, tu gittando il piede destro a grande passo dietro il manco darai d’uno mezzo mandritto nella sua spada riponendola in cingiara porta di ferro, & cosi subito con il piede destro passerai a grande passo innanzi spignendo una punta nella faccia del nemico, & tirando dopoi di uno mandritto nelle sue schin che delle gambe.
+
| <p>[27] '''Chapter 8, of the counters in response to aforesaid offenses in guardia di faccia.'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>You will be careful that when the enemy extends some thrust,<sup>1</sup> you will pass with your left foot toward his right, and in this passing you will make a half turn with the fist that holds your sword, in such a way that the enemy will rest on the outside, and then following this you will strike his face. But if he throws a mandritto,<sup>2</sup> in the raising that is done of the fist that holds his sword, you will immediately offer to that the point of yours in order that he will lie in fear of lowering it.</p>
| But if he throws a riverso<sup>3</sup> while retreating backwards, you will step forward with your left foot, therewith throwing a riverso to his face.
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/34|2|lbl=-}}
| Ma s’egli tirasse di rouerso in dietro fuggendo, tu scorrerai innanzi con il piede sinistro tiran do insieme uno riuerso per faccia.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| And when he extends a thrust<sup>4</sup> toward your sword hand, promptly casting your right foot behind your left in large pace you will go with your sword into coda lunga alta, and if perchance he throws a falso<sup>5</sup> going into guardia alta, you will immediately go into the same guard, and while he wishes to stick a thrust in the gesture of a montante, withdrawing your right foot behind your left, you will go into cingiara porta di ferro, and if he throws a tramazzone, returning forward with your right foot into large pace, you will parry that with a falso, giving him a mandritto to the face.
+
|  
| Et quando egli spignesse la punta per la mano della spada tu tantosto gittando il piede dritto a grande passo dietro il manco, anderai con la spada in coda lunga alta, & se per caso tirasse il falso in guardia alta, tu subito anderai in quella medesima guardia, & mentre uorra cacciar la punta in atto di montante, tu ritirando il piede destro al indietro del manco, anderai in cingiara porta di ferro, & s’egli ti rasse il tramazzone, tu ritornando innanzi a grande passo con il piede destro, quello riparerai di uno falso dan'''[B7]'''dogli di mandritto per faccia.
+
| <p>[28] If however he throws a tramazzone<sup>3</sup> you will defend with a falso, that is you will turn that well toward his left side in order that it will not only come to ward that tramazzone, but also you will give him the edge in the face, and if he hits your sword<sup>4</sup> in order to give you a blow in the face, you will immediately make a half turn with the fist that holds your sword and thus you will remain secure.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/34|3|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| '''Chapter 13, of the offenses that can be made against the guardia di porta di ferro stretta.'''
+
|  
You can turn a tramazzone,<sup>1</sup> or step forward with your left foot extending a thrust<sup>2</sup> to the face, and then pass forward with your right foot, turning two tramazzoni. You can also pretend to throw a tramazzone,<sup>3</sup> yet give him a riverso to his thigh.
+
| <p>[29] But if he pretends to make a riverso<sup>5</sup> upwards from beneath in order to give you a mandritto, you in that pretense will join together your sword hand with that of your buckler, and as he makes the mandritto, withdrawing your right foot to large pace behind your left you will press your true edge into his sword hand.</p>
| '''Cap. tredecimo dell’offese che far si ponno contra la guardia di porta di ferro stretta.'''
+
|  
'''T'''V puoi uolgere uno tramazzone, o uero scorrere con il piede sinistro innanzi spignendo una pun ta per faccia, & poscia passare con il piede destro innanzi uolgendo duo tramazzoni. Tu puoi anchora far sembiante di tirare uno tramazzone & a tutta uia dargli d’uno riuerso per coscia.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/34|4|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/35|1|lbl=13r|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| You could moreover extend a thrust<sup>4</sup> to his face, and passing forward with your left foot pretend to give him a riverso to the head, and give him thereby a mandritto to the head or to the leg as you wish.
+
|  
| Potresti etiandio spignere una punta nella faccia, & passando con il piede sinistro innanzi far sembiante di dargli di uno riuerso per testa, & dargli per cio di mandritto per testa, o per gam ba che uoi.
+
| <p>[30] '''Chapter 9, of the offenses that can be done against one in guardia sopra braccio.'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>You can throw a riverso, or make a show of throwing two riversi,<sup>1</sup> nonetheless offending him with a mandritto,<sup>2</sup> and such offenses are understood to be done with both lying in that same guard, and such may be said once for all.</p>
| Or extend a thrust<sup>5</sup> with your left leg forward, and then stepping forward with your right foot into large pace, throw a riverso from low to high to his arms, and immediately thereafter you will turn a mandritto to his head or leg, and for your protection you will do a riverso to his sword hand, casting your right foot behind your left in large pace; and this is the parry of the last two blows.
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/35|2|lbl=-}}
| Ouero spignere una punta con il piede sinistro innanzi & dopoi scorrendo con il piede destro a grande passo innanzi tirare di riuerso, di sotto in su per le braccia, & subito dopoi uolgerai uno mandritto per testa o per gamba, & per tuo schermo farai uno riuer so per la mano della spada gittando il piede destro a grande passo dietro il sinistro, & questo è il riparo delli duo ultimi colpi.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| '''Chapter 14, of the counters that can be made in the preceding porta di ferro stretta.'''
+
|  
When the enemy wants to hit you with a tramazzone,<sup>1</sup> in the turning that he makes of his fist, you will turn a falso toward his left side, thereby shielding yourself from that, and throwing at him with the true edge in his face; but if he passes forward with his left foot to give you a thrust<sup>2</sup> in the face, you will hit such a thrust so as to end in guardia di faccia; and while he turns the tramazzone, lowering your sword a little you will go into guardia di faccia, thereby shielding yourself from that with the true edge, and you will immediately pass into large pace toward his right side with your left foot, striking him in the right temple with a riverso in such a manner that your right leg follows behind your left.
+
| <p>[31] Continuing then, you can also throw a riverso<sup>3</sup> inside the edge of the buckler, or feint to give a riverso<sup>4</sup> and strike him with a mandritto, or pass with your left foot toward his right side, and feinting to give him a riverso,<sup>5</sup> pass with your right foot toward his left side and give him a fendente upon his head, so that your left leg follows behind your right.</p>
| '''Cap. xiiii. degli contrari che si fanno nella preposta porta di ferro stretta.'''
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/35|3|lbl=-}}
'''M'''Entre il nemico ti uorra percoter del tramazzone nel uolger chel fara del pugno, tu uolterai il falso uerso le sue sinistre parti, iui schifandoti da quello & ti randogli di uno filo dritto nel uolto, ma s’egli passasse con il suo piede sinistro innanzi per darti della punta nel uol to, tu urterai cotal punta per sino in guardia di faccia, & mentre egli uolgera il tramazzone, tu facendoti picciolo '''[B7v]''' sotto la tua spada anderai in guardia di faccia, iui schifandoti da quello con il filo dritto, & subito passerai a grande passo con il piede sinistro uerso le sue diritte par ti ferendolo nella tempia destra d’uno riuerso in guisa, che la gamba destra seguiti per di dietro la sinistra.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| But if he pretends to give you a tramazzone,<sup>3</sup> you will go with your sword into guardia di faccia and as he throws the riverso to your thigh, immediately casting your right foot behind your left you will throw a riverso to his sword arm.
+
|  
| Ma s’egli facesse sembiante di darti del tramazzone, tu anderai con la spada in guardia di faccia & com’egli tirera il riuerso per coscia, tu subito gittando il piede dritto di dietro al sinistro gli tirerai uno riuerso per il brac cio della spada.
+
| <p>[32] You can also pretend to extend a punta riversa<sup>6</sup> over your arm, nonetheless throwing a tramazzone, or you can do together a riverso,<sup>7</sup> a fendente, and a tramazzone. Or you can step forward with your left foot and extend a thrust<sup>8</sup> over your buckler, and then pass with your right foot, and then you will be able to throw a mandritto or tramazzone as you wish. You could, moreover, step toward his right side with your left foot throwing out a riverso,<sup>9</sup> or undoing him with a mandritto.<sup>10</sup></p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/35|4|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| But as he extends the thrust<sup>4</sup> with his left foot forward in order to strike you in the face, you will ward it with a falso; and if he pretends to do a riverso, against him you will make a half turn of your fist, and as the enemy turns a mandritto, you will, in opposition, throw a mezzo mandritto to the said fist; and when he extends a thrust<sup>5</sup> with his left foot in order to give it to you in the face, casting your right foot behind your left, and diagonally, you will go into cingiara porta di ferro.
+
|  
| Ma come egli spignera la punta con il piede sinistro per ferirti la faccia, tu con il falso la schiferai, & se egli facesse uista del riuerso, al incontro tu farai una mezza uolta di pugno, & come il nemico uolgera il mandritto, tu dirimpetto tirerai un mezzo mandrit to per il detto pugno, & quando egli spignesse la punta con il piede manco per dartela nel uolto, tu gittando il pie de destro dietro al sinistro, & per trauerso, anderai in cin giara porta di ferro.
+
| <p>[33] '''Chapter 10, of the counters to the previously named offenses of guardia sopra braccio.'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>When the enemy throws the aforesaid two riversi,<sup>1</sup> you will parry the first with the sword, and as he will wish to do the second, immediately recoiling your right foot near to your left, you will pass forward with the said left giving him in this tempo a riverso driven out into his face; and if he pretends to do two riversi in order to give a mandritto,<sup>2</sup> you will throw your right foot behind your left, going with your sword into cingiara porta di ferro, and as he will want to strike with the mandritto, immediately returning your right foot forward and hitting that<ref>I.e. his mandritto.</ref> together with the false edge of your sword, you will strike him with a riverso. But if he hits with a riverso<sup>3</sup> inside the rim of the buckler, you will turn a mandritto to his face. But if he makes a show of a riverso<sup>4</sup> in order to give you a mandritto, to such a show you will go into guardia di faccia; and as he throws in order to give you the aforesaid mandritto, you will make your sword a little lower, parrying that, and you will immediately pass your left foot toward his right side extending to him a riverso into his right temple, so that your right leg follows behind your left. But if he passes with the left foot in order to feint to give you a riverso,<sup>5</sup> you will immediately settle yourself with your sword into guardia di faccia, and as he passes toward your left side in order to give you a fendente, you will immediately strike his right temple diagonally with a riverso.</p>
| But if the enemy steps with his right foot making a riverso in order to strike you in the head with a mandritto, parrying his mandritto with a falso you will pass forward with your right foot, throwing an answering mandritto to his face.
 
| Ma sel nemico scorresse con il pie de dritto facendo uno riuerso per ferirti la testa di uno mandritto, tu riparando il mandritto con il falso, passerai con il piede destro innanzi tirando uno responsiuo mandritto per faccia.
 
  
|-
+
<p>But if he extends a punta riversa,<sup>6</sup> you will ward it with the sword; and he throwing two tramazzoni* at you, you will immediately go with your sword into guardia di testa and then you will ward those, striking him with a mandritto to the face.</p>
| '''Chapter 15, of the offenses against porta di ferro larga.'''
 
You can do a falso<sup>1</sup> and a riverso. Or raise a falso<sup>2</sup> and throw a mandritto to the face so that your left foot drives your foot forward.
 
| '''Cap. xv. Dell’offese contra porta di ferro larga.'''
 
<br>'''P'''Otrai fare falso et riuerso. Ouero leuar uno fal so & tirare di mandritto per faccia si, chel piede manco sospinga il destro innanzi.
 
  
|-
+
<p>But if he throws a riverso,<sup>7</sup> you will turn him a thrust to the hand in the company of the buckler, and if he throws a fendente, you will parry that by going with your sword into guardia di testa.</p>
| You can also throw two thrusts;<sup>3</sup> the one, passing with your left foot toward his right side, straight into his face; the other, passing thereafter toward his left side with your right foot, and withdrawing your hand back, you will extend the thrust into his flank, and so that you can more freely perform such a thrust, when you wish to perform it you will block his sword with your buckler, and in such a way that your left foot follows your right, and having done so, you will hit him in the head with a fendente.
 
| Tu puoi anchora tirare due punte, l’una, passando con il piede sinistro uer so le sue diritte parti del dritto nel uolto, l’altra, successiuamente passando con il destro uerso le sue sinistre par '''[B8]''' ti, & ritirando la mano in dietro gli spignerai nel fianco, & accioche piu liberamente possi fare cotal punta, mentre tu la uorrai fare con il tuo brocchero impedirai la spada sua, et in guisa chel piede sinistro seguiti il destro, & fatto cio, di uno fendente gli percoterai la testa.
 
  
|-
+
<p>But if he turns the tramazzone, immediately stepping forward with your left foot into large pace, you will ward that with the buckler, giving him a stoccata to the flank, and removing yourself with a leap to the rear.</p>
| You can also step forward with your right foot, and throw a riverso<sup>4</sup> to his head, or you can raise a falso<sup>5</sup> until in guardia di faccia, thereafter turning a tramazzone. You will also have the power to throw a falso<sup>6</sup> at him, into guardia alta. Or throw a penetrating thrust<sup>7</sup> at him, following it with a tramazzone.
 
| Potresti anchora scorrere con il piede destro innanzi, & tiragli di uno riuerso per testa, ouero tu puoi leuare uno falso per sino alla guardia di faccia, iui dopoi uolgendo uno tramazzone. Anchora tu hauerai in balia di tirargli di uno falso in guardia alta. Ouero tireragli di una punta triuellata seguitandola di uno tramazzone.
 
  
|-
+
<p>But if he passes forward with his left foot and extends a thrust<sup>8</sup> over his arm toward your face, you will parry that with your sword.</p>
| '''Chapter 16, of the counters to the aforesaid offenses in guardia di porta di ferro larga.'''
 
When the enemy throws a falso<sup>1</sup> or riverso, the falso you will hit simultaneously with a falso, and in defense of the riverso, you will turn a mandritto to his left temple.
 
| '''Cap. xvi. de gli contrari alle predette offese in guardia di porta di ferro larga.'''
 
Vando il nemico tirera falso & riuerso, il falso medesimamente con il tuo falso urterai, & in defensione del riuerso, tu gli uolgerai di uno mandritto per la sua sinistra tempia.
 
  
|-
+
<p>And as he passes with his right foot in order to give you a mandritto, while that blow has not yet reached you, in that moment you will give him a riverso in his right thigh.</p>
| And when he raises a falso,<sup>2</sup> throwing a mandritto, immediately pretending similarly to reach him with a falso you will draw your sword to yourself with your fist and extend a thrust to his face in that tempo in which the enemy will throw the mandritto, and then with all speed you will step toward his right side with your left foot, throwing a riverso to his head.
 
| Et mentre gli leuera il falso tirando di mandritto, tu subito facendo uista medesimamente di giugnerlo di uno falso, tirerai a te la spada con il pugno et spigneragli una pun ta nella faccia in quel tempo chel nemico tirera il mandritto, et indi con ogni prestezza scorrerai con il piede sinistro uer so le sue dritte parti, tirando di uno riuerso per testa.
 
  
|-
+
<p>And when he throws two tramazzoni<ref>Note that these “two tramazzoni” were, in both cases, singular in Ch. 9</ref> at you, you will ward them with your right foot forward and with your sword in guardia di testa, throwing a thrust to his face.</p>
| But if he throws two thrusts,<sup>3</sup> as he extends the first, you will immediately ward it with the false edge of your sword, and during the stepping that he will make with his right foot in order to give you the second, you will parry that with the true edge.
 
| Ma s’egli tirasse le due punte, com’egli spignera la prima, tu subito la schiferai con il falso della spada, & nel scorrere chel fara del piede destro per darti la seconda, quella con il dritto filo riparerai.
 
  
|-
+
<p>But if he passes with his left foot toward your right side in order to give you a riverso<sup>9</sup> extended to your face, you will immediately turn a falso to his right temple, so that your buckler is a good defender of your head.</p>
| And when he turns the fendente to your head, you will ward that in guardia di faccia, throwing a riverso to his thigh, and when* he passes toward his right side with his left foot to give you a falso in the face, you will ward that with a falso. But as he passes with his right foot to give you a riverso,<sup>4</sup> you will immediately go into guardia di testa, parrying that, and throwing thereafter a mandritto to his face or leg as you wish, and if he throws a falso<sup>5</sup> in order to strike you in the face, you will go with your sword into guardia di faccia, warding that. But if he turns the tramazzoni, you will go with your sword into guardia di faccia, and thereby will be safe. And when he throws a falso<sup>6</sup> that goes into guardia alta, avoiding that you will allow it to go into empty space, and when he throws the stoccata,<sup>7</sup> you will ward it with a falso, but if he throws the tramazzone, stepping with your left foot toward his right side you will throw a tramazzone to his sword arm so that your right leg follows your left. [* This counter has no antecedent in Ch. 15]
 
| Et mentre egli uoltera il fendente per testa, tu quello in guardia di faccia schiferai, tirandogli uno riuerso per coscia, et quando egli passasse con il piede'''[B8v]'''stro uerso le sue diritte parti per darti di uno falso nella faccia, tu con il falso lo schiferai. Ma com’egli passera con il piede destro per darti di uno riuerso, tu subito ande rai in guardia di testa quello riparando, & tirando seguentemente di uno mandritto per faccia, o per gamba, che uuoi, & s’egli tirasse d’uno falso per ferirti il uolto, tu anderai con la spada in guardia di faccia schifando quel lo. Ma s’egli uolgesse gli tramazzoni, tu anderai con la spada in guardia di faccia, & cosi serai sicuro. Et men tre tirera di uno falso, che andasse in guardia alta, tu quello scansando lascierai andare uoto, & quando tirera la stoccata, tu con il falso la schiferai, ma sel tirera del tramazzone, tu scorrendo con il piede sinistro uerso le sue dritte parti, gli tirerai di uno tramazzone per il braccio della spada si, che la gamba destra seguiti la sinistra.
 
  
|-
+
<p>And when he looses a mandritto,<sup>10</sup> you will immediately draw your right foot near your left, lifting together your sword arm into the air, blocking that, and then you will cast your right foot forward striking him with an answering mandritto to the head.</p>
| '''Chapter 17, of the offenses that can be done against cingiara porta di ferro.'''
+
|  
Being in cingiara porta di ferro, you can extend a thrust<sup>1</sup> to the face with your right foot [stepping] forward, and thereafter a mandrittoa against your enemy who was also in such a guard, or after you have extended the thrust, you will throw a riversob to his leg.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/35|5|lbl=-|p=1}} {{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|36|lbl=13v|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/37|1|lbl=14r|p=1}}
| '''Cap. xvii. delle offese che si ponno far contra cingiara porta di ferro.'''
 
'''E'''Ssendo in guardia di cingiara porta di ferro. Tu puoi spigne una punta per faccia con il piede destro innanzi & tirare seguentemente di uno mandritto contra il tuo nemico che fosse pur in cotale guardia, ouero dopoi che haurai spinta la punta, tirerai di uno riuerso per gamba.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| Or, also having done the said thrust, you will be able to pass toward his right side with your left foot, and putting your buckler under his sword hand, you will throw a mandrittoc to his leg so that your right foot follows your left.
+
|  
| Ouero pur fatta la detta punta, tu potrai passare con il piede sinistro uerso le sue diritte parti, & ponendo il tuo brocchiero sotto alla sua mano della spa da gli tirerai di mandritto per gamba si, chel piede tuo destro seguiti il sinistro.
+
| <p>[34] '''Chapter 11, of the offenses that can be made against one who was in guardia di sotto braccio.'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>You can throw a riverso to the face,<sup>1</sup> or raise a falso,<sup>2</sup> throwing nonetheless a mandritto to the face. You could also throw a riverso<sup>3</sup> retreating backward with the left foot. Or extend a thrust<sup>4</sup> to the enemy’s hand. Or with the left foot forward raise a falso<sup>5</sup> into the air, and in this tempo extend a thrust in the gesture of a montante passing forward soon with your right foot and turning a tramazzone which falls into porta di ferro stretta.</p>
| You could also extend two thrusts,<sup>2</sup> one with the right foot forward, promptly passing toward his right side with your left foot, and thereafter you will have withdrawn your fist somewhat toward yourself, and you will extend the other thrust into his face.
+
|  
| Tu potresti anchora spignere due punte, una con il piede destro innanzi, tosto passando con il sinistro uerso le sue diritte parti, & dopoi, '''[C1]''' che alquanto haurai tirato il pugno a te, spignerai l’altra nella faccia.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/37|2|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/38|1|lbl=14v|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| You can moreover raise a falso<sup>3</sup> into guardia di faccia, passing forward with your right foot, and strike him with a mandritto. Or extend a thrust<sup>4</sup> followed by a tramazzone,<sup>a</sup> also with the right foot forward. Or, after you will have made the thrust, pretending to give him a riverso,<sup>b</sup> you will strike him with a mandritto. Or follow the said thrust with another penetrating thrust,<sup>c</sup> drawing your fist back in the making thereof.
+
|  
| Tu puoi etiandio leuare di uno falso in guardia di faccia passando con il piede destro innanzi, & ferirlo di uno mandritto. Ouero spigner una punta seguitata da uno tramazzone pur con il piede destro innanzi. Ouero dopoi che haurai fatta la punta facendo uista di dargli di uno riuerso, lo ferirai di mandritto.  Ouero seguir la detta punta con un’altra punta triuellata, tirando nel far di questa il pugno in dietro.
+
| <p>[35] '''Chapter 12, of the counters to the said offenses in guardia di sotto braccio.'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>As the enemy throws a riverso<sup>1</sup> to your face, you will pass forward with your left foot toward his right side throwing in that tempo a riverso at him toward his right temple.</p>
| '''Chapter 18, of the counters to the offenses of the aforesaid guardia cingiara porta di ferro.'''
 
As the enemy extends a thrust<sup>1</sup> with the right foot, you will parry that with a falso, and when he wants to strike you with a mandritto,<sup>a</sup> casting your left foot behind your right, you will give him a mezzo mandritto to his sword arm. But if he is extending you will ward that with the false edge, and as you see the riverso<sup>b</sup> approaching your face, passing forward with your right foot into guardia di testa you will protect yourself, striking him thereafter with a mandritto to the face.
 
| '''Cap. XVIII. Delli contrari all’offese della predetta guardia cingiara porta di ferro.'''
 
'''C'''Ome il nemico spignera una punta con il piede destro, tu quella con il falso la schiferai, & mentre uor ra ferirti del mandritto, tu gittando il piede sinistro di die tro al destro, gli darai d’uno mezzo mandritto nel braccio della spada. Ma spignendo egli una punta, tu con il falso la schiferai, & come uedrai uenire il riuerso nella fac cia tua, tu passando con il piede destro innanzi, in guardia di testa ti riparerai ferendolo seguentemente di uno man dritto per faccia.
 
  
|-
+
<p>But if he makes a falso<sup>2</sup> with a following mandritto, you will raise the false edge of your sword against him, and during his throwing of the mandritto, casting your right foot behind your left in large pace you will give a mezzo mandritto to his sword, placing it<ref>I.e. yours.</ref> into cingiara porta di ferro, and then with your right foot you will immediately pass forward into large pace, pushing a thrust into the enemy’s face, and throwing thereafter a mandritto into the shins of his legs.</p>
| But if he extends the thrust with his right foot forward, passing also forward similarly with your right foot you will ward that with the false edge. But during the passing forward that he will make with his left foot in order to strike you in the leg in the traverse with a mandritto,<sup>c</sup> immediately casting your right foot behind your left you will strike him in the sword hand with a mezzo mandritto, and if he extends the two thrusts,<sup>2</sup> you will hit the first with the false edge, passing forward with your right foot, and the second with the true edge, stepping forward thereafter with your left foot, and striking him with a falso to the face.
 
| Ma s’egli spignesse la punta con il piede destro innanzi, tu passando pur con il medesimo de stro innanzi con il falso la schiferai. Ma nel passar ch’egli fara del piede sinistro innanzi per ferirti le gambe nel trauerso di uno mandritto, tu subito gittando il piede destro dietro al sinistro gli ferirai la mano della spada di uno mezzo mandritto, & sel spignesse le due punte, la pri ma con il piede destro innanzi passando con il falso la ur terai, & la seconda con il dritto filo scorrendo con il man co piede seguentemente innanzi & ferendogli con uno '''[C1v]''' falso la faccia.
 
  
|-
+
<p>But if he throws a riverso<sup>3</sup> while retreating backwards, you will step forward with your left foot, therewith throwing a riverso to his face.</p>
| But if he raises the falso<sup>3</sup> in order to give you a mandritto, having his right foot forward, casting your left foot behind your right and going into porta di ferro larga, as he lets the mandritto fall toward your head, you will ward that with the false edge, giving him a mandritto to the face.
 
| Ma s’egli leuasse il falso per darti di uno mandritto hauendo il destro piede innanzi, tu gittan do il piede sinistro dietro al destro & andando in porta di ferro larga, come egli lascera calar el mandritto per te sta, tu con il falso lo schiferai dandogli d’uno tuo mandrit to per faccia.
 
  
|-
+
<p>And when he extends a thrust<sup>4</sup> toward your sword hand, promptly casting your right foot behind your left in large pace you will go with your sword into coda lunga alta, and if perchance he throws a falso<sup>5</sup> going into guardia alta, you will immediately go into the same guard, and while he wishes to stick a thrust in the gesture of a montante, withdrawing your right foot behind your left, you will go into cingiara porta di ferro, and if he throws a tramazzone, returning forward with your right foot into large pace, you will parry that with a falso, giving him a mandritto to the face.</p>
| But if he extends a thrust4 with his right foot forward followed by a tramazzone, you will similarly shield yourself from that with the false edge, and when he turns the tramazzone,<sup>a</sup> you will recover yourself into guardia di faccia. And when he will wish to extend a thrust with his right leg forward, you will hit it with the false edge without stepping.
+
|
| Ma sel spignesse con il piede destro innanzi una punta da uno tramazzone accompagnata, tu medesimamente da quella con il falso ti schermirai, et men tre uolgera il tramazzone, tu in guardia di faccia ti ricourerai. Et quando egli uorra con il piede destro innanzi spigner la punta, tu urterai con il falso senza passeggiare.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/38|2|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/39|1|lbl=15r|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| And when he wishes to pretend to throw a riverso,<sup>b</sup> passing forward with your right foot you will turn your true edge against such pretense.
+
|  
| Et come uorra far uista del riuerso, tu passando con il destro piede innanzi contra cotal uista il dritto filo uolge rai.
+
| <p>[36] '''Chapter 13, of the offenses that can be made against the guardia di porta di ferro stretta.'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>You can turn a tramazzone,<sup>1</sup> or step forward with your left foot extending a thrust<sup>2</sup> to the face, and then pass forward with your right foot, turning two tramazzoni. You can also pretend to throw a tramazzone,<sup>3</sup> yet give him a riverso to his thigh.</p>
| And he wishing to throw a mandritto to your head, you will go into guardia di testa defending yourself from that, and giving him a similar blow to the face.
 
| Et uolendo egli tirar del mandritto per testa, tu an derai in guardia di testa difendendoti da quello, & dandogli uno simile nella faccia.
 
  
|-
+
<p>You could moreover extend a thrust<sup>4</sup> to his face, and passing forward with your left foot pretend to give him a riverso to the head, and give him thereby a mandritto to the head or to the leg as you wish.</p>
| But if he extends a thrust to your face with his right foot forward, without moving your feet you will turn a tramazzone over that.
 
| Ma s’egli spignera con il piede destro innanzi una punta nella faccia, tu senza mo uer gli piedi sopra quella uno tramazzone uolgerai.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Or extend a thrust<sup>5</sup> with your left leg forward, and then stepping forward with your right foot into large pace, throw a riverso from low to high to his arms, and immediately thereafter you will turn a mandritto to his head or leg, and for your protection you will do a riverso to his sword hand, casting your right foot behind your left in large pace; and this is the parry of the last two blows.</p>
| And if he extends the penetrating thrust,<sup>c</sup> passing forward into large pace with your right foot you will ward that with the false edge, extending to him a good one to the face.
+
|
| Et sel spignera la punta triuellata, tu passando con il piede dritto innanzi a grande passo con il falso la schiferai spi gnendogli una delle buone nella faccia.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/39|2|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| '''Chapter 19, of the offenses that would have to be done in coda lunga alta with the left foot forward.'''
+
|  
You can step forward with your right foot and do a falso,<sup>1</sup> and a mandritto. Or passing also with the same foot do a falso<sup>2</sup> and pretend to do a mandritto, but rather throw a riverso at him. You can also, after you will have passed with the aforesaid foot, extend a thrust<sup>3</sup> and throw a mandritto. Or passing also with the same foot, throw a thrust<sup>4</sup> followed by a riverso. As well, drawing your left foot near to your right, and next passing forward with your right, you can strike him with a fendente.<sup>5</sup> Or with your right foot [stepping] forward you can extend a thrust<sup>6</sup> followed by a tramazzone.<sup>a</sup>
+
| <p>[37] '''Chapter 14, of the counters that can be made in the preceding porta di ferro stretta.'''
| '''Cap. XIX. Dell’offese che far si debbono in coda lunga alta con il piede sinistro innanzi.'''
 
'''T'''V puoi scorgere il piede destro innanzi & fare falso & mandritto. Ouero passando pur con il piede medesimo fare un falso & sembiante di mandritto, ma per cio tirargli d’uno riuerso. Tu puoi anchora dopoi che del predetto piede haurai passato, spigner una pun ta & tirare d’un mandritto. Ouero passando pur con '''[C2]''' il medesimo piede tirar una punta da uno riuerso seguitata. Anchora tirando il piede sinistro appresso il dritto, et passando successiuamente con il dritto innanzi, lo puoi fe rire d’uno fendente. Ouero con il piede destro innanzi tu puoi spigner una punta da uno tramazzone accompa gnata.
 
  
|-
+
<p>When the enemy wants to hit you with a tramazzone,<sup>1</sup> in the turning that he makes of his fist, you will turn a falso toward his left side, thereby shielding yourself from that, and throwing at him with the true edge in his face; but if he passes forward with his left foot to give you a thrust<sup>2</sup> in the face, you will hit such a thrust so as to end in guardia di faccia; and while he turns the tramazzone, lowering your sword a little you will go into guardia di faccia, thereby shielding yourself from that with the true edge, and you will immediately pass into large pace toward his right side with your left foot, striking him in the right temple with a riverso in such a manner that your right leg follows behind your left.</p>
| Or throwing such a thrust into his face with the aforesaid foot forward, you will be able to pass toward his right side with your left foot, and putting your buckler under his sword you will throw a mandritto<sup>b</sup> to this leg in such a manner that your left foot follows behind your right.
 
| Ouero tirargli cotal punta nella faccia con il predetto piede innanzi, tu potrai passare con il sinistro uer so le sue diritte parti, & ponendo il tuo brocchero sotto la sua spada gli tirerai d’uno mandritto per gamba in gui sa, che’l piede sinistro seguiti il destro per di dietro.
 
  
|-
+
<p>But if he pretends to give you a tramazzone,<sup>3</sup> you will go with your sword into guardia di faccia and as he throws the riverso to your thigh, immediately casting your right foot behind your left you will throw a riverso to his sword arm.</p>
| '''Chapter 20, of the counters that can be done to the aforesaid offenses of coda lunga alta.'''
 
When the enemy, passing forward with his right foot, will do a falso<sup>1</sup> and a mandritto, without stepping you will assume cingiara porta di ferro, and when he will throw the mandritto, you will pass forward with your right foot, hitting that with the false edge, and immediately throw a mandritto to his face or leg as you wish. But when he does a falso<sup>2</sup> and pretends to do a mandritto, passing forward with your right foot you will go into guardia di faccia.
 
| '''Cap. XX. Delli contrari che si ponno fare a le predette offese di coda lunga alta.'''
 
'''Q'''Vando il nemico passando con il piede destro innanzi fara falso & mandritto, tu senza passeggia re ti assetterai in cingiara porta di ferro, & mentre tirera del mandritto, tu passerai con il piede destro innanzi urtando quello con il falso, et subito tireragli d’u no mandritto per faccia, o per gamba come uuoi. Ma quando facesse falso et uista di mandritto, tu passando con il piede destro innanzi anderai in guardia di faccia.
 
  
|-
+
<p>But as he extends the thrust<sup>4</sup> with his left foot forward in order to strike you in the face, you will ward it with a falso; and if he pretends to do a riverso, against him you will make a half turn of your fist, and as the enemy turns a mandritto, you will, in opposition, throw a mezzo mandritto to the said fist; and when he extends a thrust<sup>5</sup> with his left foot in order to give it to you in the face, casting your right foot behind your left, and diagonally, you will go into cingiara porta di ferro.</p>
| And in the turning of a riverso that he makes to your right thigh, passing forward with your left foot, and turning your point toward the ground you will protect yourself, extending immediately thereafter a thrust to his face.
 
| Et nel uolger chel fara del riuerso per coscia, tu passando con il piede sinistro innanzi, & uolgendo la punta uerso terra ti riparerai, spignendogli percio subito una punta nel uolto.
 
  
|-
+
<p>But if the enemy steps with his right foot making a riverso in order to strike you in the head with a mandritto, parrying his mandritto with a falso you will pass forward with your right foot, throwing an answering mandritto to his face.</p>
| And if he extends a thrust<sup>3</sup> with his right leg forward in order to give you a mandritto, as he extends the thrust you will pass forward with your right foot warding that with the true edge. And when he will wish to strike you with a mandritto, you will push a thrust into his face without moving your feet.
+
|
| Et sel spignera una punta egli con il piede de stro innanzi per darti d’uno mandritto, nel spigner della pun ta tu passerai con il piede destro innanzi schifandola con il dritto filo. Et quando egli ti uorra ferire del mandritto, tu li spignerai una punta nel uolto senza mouer piede.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/39|3|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/40|1|lbl=15v|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| But when he passes with the same right foot in order to extend a thrust<sup>4</sup> and turn a riverso, during the extension of the thrust that he makes, passing similarly with your right foot you will ward yourself from that with your true edge.
+
|  
| Ma quando con il medesimo piede destro passasse per spigner '''[C2v]''' una punta & uolger di uno riuerso, nel spigner della punta ch’egli fara, tu medesimamente passando con il piede destro da quella con il dritto filo ti schiferai.
+
| <p>[38] '''Chapter 15, of the offenses against porta di ferro larga.'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>You can do a falso<sup>1</sup> and a riverso. Or raise a falso<sup>2</sup> and throw a mandritto to the face so that your left foot drives your foot forward.</p>
| And when he wants to throw a riverso to your leg, you will cast your right foot back to the right, striking him in his sword arm with a riverso.
 
| Et mentre uor ra tirarti del riuerso per gamba, tu gitterai il piede destro dietro al dritto ferendogli il braccio della spada ancho tu con un riuerso.
 
  
|-
+
<p>You can also throw two thrusts;<sup>3</sup> the one, passing with your left foot toward his right side, straight into his face; the other, passing thereafter toward his left side with your right foot, and withdrawing your hand back, you will extend the thrust into his flank, and so that you can more freely perform such a thrust, when you wish to perform it you will block his sword with your buckler, and in such a way that your left foot follows your right, and having done so, you will hit him in the head with a fendente.</p>
| And when he makes a change of foot in order to give you a fendente,<sup>5</sup> you will immediately recover yourself into porta di ferro.
+
|  
| Et s’egli facesse uno cangiar di piede per darti di uno fendente, subito in porta di ferro ti ricourerai.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/40|2|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/41|1|lbl=16r|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| And as he passes with his right foot in order to strike you with a fendente, you will arrange yourself into guardia di testa, warding that and throwing a mandritto to his face or thigh as you wish. But if, with the same foot, he extends a thrust<sup>6</sup> in order to give you a tramazzone,<sup>a</sup> you will hit that with the false edge, and passing toward his left side with your right foot you will throw a mandritto to his head, so that your left foot must follow behind your right. But if he extends a thrust with the same foot forward, passing thereafter with his left foot in order to give you a mandritto to the leg, as he extends the thrust, you will hit it with the false edge of your sword. And when he wishes to pass in order to strike you with a mandritto,<sup>b</sup> casting your left foot to the rear you will hit him in his sword hand with a mezzo mandritto.
+
|  
| Et com’egli passera con il piede destro per ferirti del fendente, tu ti agierai in guardia di testa schifando quello & tirandogli di uno mandritto per faccia o per gamba come uoi. Ma se con il medesimo piede ti spignesse una pun ta per darti d’uno tramazzone, tu con il falso quello urterai, et passando con il piede destro uerso le sue sinistre parti gli tirerai d’un mandritto per testa, si che’l sinistro piede deue se guir il destro per di dietro. Ma sel spignesse con il medesimo piede una punta passando seguentemente con il piede sinistro per darti d’un mandritto per gamba, com’egli spignera la punta, tu con il falso della spada la urterai. Et mentre uorra passar per ferirti del mandritto, tu gittando il sinistro piede in dietro gli ferirai la mano della spada d’uno mezzo mandritto.
+
| <p>[39] You can also step forward with your right foot, and throw a riverso<sup>4</sup> to his head, or you can raise a falso<sup>5</sup> until in guardia di faccia, thereafter turning a tramazzone. You will also have the power to throw a falso<sup>6</sup> at him, into guardia alta. Or throw a penetrating thrust<sup>7</sup> at him, following it with a tramazzone.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/41|2|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| '''Chapter 21, of the offenses that can be done in coda lunga stretta, finding oneself with the right foot forward.'''
+
|  
With the left foot [stepping] forward you will be able to extend a thrust,<sup>1</sup> and then passing with your right foot give him a mandritto.<sup>a</sup> Or, also making the aforesaid thrust, you can step forward with your right foot and turn a tramazzone.<sup>b</sup>
+
| <p>[40] '''Chapter 16, of the counters to the aforesaid offenses in guardia di porta di ferro larga.'''</p>
| '''Cap. XXI. Dell’offese che si fanno in coda lunga stret ta con il piede dritto innanzi trouandosi.'''
 
<br>'''C'''On il piede sinistro innanzi potrai spigner una pun ta, et poi passando con il piede destro dargli di uno mandritto. Ouero pur facendo la predetta punta tu poi scor rere con il piede destro innanzi et uolgere uno tramazzone.
 
  
|-
+
<p>When the enemy throws a falso<sup>1</sup> or riverso, the falso you will hit simultaneously with a falso, and in defense of the riverso, you will turn a mandritto to his left temple.</p>
| Or, after you will have extended the said thrust, passing forward with your right foot, you will pretend to give him a mandritto,<sup>c</sup> striking him nonetheless with a riverso to the face or the leg. You will also be able, after the said thrust is extended, to pass forward with your right foot, throwing a fendented to his head.
 
| Ouero dopoi c’haurai spinta la detta punta tu (passando con il piede destro innanzi) farai sembiante di dargli d’un man dritto ferendolo nondimeno d’un riuerso per faccia, ouer per'''[C3]'''ba. Anchora dopoi la detta punta spinta potrai passar con il piede destro innanzi tirandogli d’un fendente per testa.
 
  
|-
+
<p>And when he raises a falso,<sup>2</sup> throwing a mandritto, immediately pretending similarly to reach him with a falso you will draw your sword to yourself with your fist and extend a thrust to his face in that tempo in which the enemy will throw the mandritto, and then with all speed you will step toward his right side with your left foot, throwing a riverso to his head.</p>
| '''Chapter 22, of the counters that can be done in coda lunga stretta, with the right foot forward.'''
 
As he extends the thrust<sup>1</sup> with his left foot forward for the reason of striking you with a mandritto, you will hit it with the false edge. And wanting to offend you with the mandritto,<sup>a</sup> you will strike his sword hand with a mezzo mandritto without stepping.
 
| '''Cap. XXII. Delli contrari che si fanno in coda lunga stretta con il piede dritto innanzi.'''
 
'''C'''Om’egli spignera la punta con il piede sinistro innanzi per cagion di ferirti del mandritto, tu con il falso la urte rai. Et uolendoti offender con il mandritto senza passeggia mento con mezzo mandritto la mano della spada gli ferirai.
 
  
|-
+
<p>But if he throws two thrusts,<sup>3</sup> as he extends the first, you will immediately ward it with the false edge of your sword, and during the stepping that he will make with his right foot in order to give you the second, you will parry that with the true edge.</p>
| But if after he has extended the aforesaid thrust he wants to give you a tramazzone,<sup>b</sup> you will block that with your true edge, and thereafter in order to be safe from the tramazzone you will settle yourself into guardia di faccia without moving your foot.
 
| Ma se dapoi c’haura spinta la predetta punta ti uolesse dare d’uno tramazzone, a quella con il dritto filo osterai, et seguentemente per esser sicuro dal tramazzone senza mouer piede in guardia di faccia ti assetterai.
 
  
|-
+
<p>And when he turns the fendente to your head, you will ward that in guardia di faccia, throwing a riverso to his thigh, and when<ref>This counter has no antecedent in Ch. 15.</ref> he passes toward his right side with his left foot to give you a falso in the face, you will ward that with a falso. But as he passes with his right foot to give you a riverso,<sup>4</sup> you will immediately go into guardia di testa, parrying that, and throwing thereafter a mandritto to his face or leg as you wish, and if he throws a falso<sup>5</sup> in order to strike you in the face, you will go with your sword into guardia di faccia, warding that. But if he turns the tramazzoni, you will go with your sword into guardia di faccia, and thereby will be safe. And when he throws a falso<sup>6</sup> that goes into guardia alta, avoiding that you will allow it to go into empty space, and when he throws the stoccata,<sup>7</sup> you will ward it with a falso, but if he throws the tramazzone, stepping with your left foot toward his right side you will throw a tramazzone to his sword arm so that your right leg follows your left.</p>
| And if after the previously named thrust he pretends to throw a mandritto,<sup>c</sup> but throws a riverso instead, for defense from the thrust, in the manner of your enemy you will extend a similar one, so that both swords encounter each other by their true edges, and for the warding of the mandritto, without any movement you will assume the guardia di faccia.
+
|  
| Et se dapoi la prenomata punta egli sembiante facesse di trarti d’uno man dritto, ma percio tirasse di riuerso, per defensione della punta a guisa del nemico, una simile spignerai si, che amendue le spade con il filo dritto se incontreranno, et per schifezza del mandritto senza mouimento alcuno in guardia di faccia ti agia rai.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/41|3|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/42|1|lbl=16v|p=1}}
 
 
|-
 
| And in the riverso that he makes to your face, making a half turn of your hand you will hit that, throwing a mandritto to his leg or face.
 
| Et nel riuerso chel fara per faccia, tu facendo una mez za uolta di mano, in quello urterai, tirandogli d’uno man dritto per gamba o per faccia.
 
  
|-
 
| But if the aforesaid riverso comes to your leg, immediately going forward toward his right side with your left foot you will extend a thrust to his face, letting your right foot go behind to the left.
 
| Ma sel predetto riuerso uenesse per gamba, tu subito andando con il piede sinistro innanzi uerso le sue parti destre gli spignerai una punta nella faccia, lasciando andar il destro piede per di dietro al sinistro.
 
 
|-
 
| class="noline" | And if, after the thrust, he wants to strike you in the head with a fendente,<sup>d</sup> in order to ward yourself from the thrust you will hit his sword hand with a mezzo mandritto, and for defense from the fendente you will immediately go into guardia di testa, and thus protected, in response you will give him a mandritto to the face or legs as you wish.
 
| class="noline" | Et se dapoi la punta ti uolesse ferire la testa di uno fendente, per schifarti dalla punta con un mez zo mandritto la mano della spada gli percoterai, & per schermo del fendente anderai subito in guardia di testa, et cosi riparato in risposta gli darai d’uno mandritto per faccia, o per gamba, come uuoi.
 
 
|}
 
{{master end}}
 
 
{{master begin
 
| title = Second Book (Sword and Buckler)
 
| width = 60em
 
}}
 
[[file:Manciolino 4.jpg|center]]
 
{| class="master"
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
! <p>{{rating|B}}<br/>by [[W. Jherek Swanger]]</p>
+
|  
! <p>Transcription<br/>by [[Steven Reich]]</p>
+
| <p>[41] '''Chapter 17, of the offenses that can be done against cingiara porta di ferro.'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>Being in cingiara porta di ferro, you can extend a thrust<sup>1</sup> to the face with your right foot [stepping] forward, and thereafter a mandrittoa against your enemy who was also in such a guard, or after you have extended the thrust, you will throw a riversob to his leg.</p>
| '''SECOND BOOK.'''
 
The ten famous guards and the offenses that can originate from them being sufficiently treated of in the above book, in this following one it appears to me that you would diligently wish for speech offering instruction in the sword and small buckler, in three masterful plays, or assaults; and as much as the students should be grateful, so should the body, legs, and hands gaily and freely render thanks; nor is it to be marveled at a bit, why I say "the legs", for one who will not take delight in stepping in tempo and in the way of which we will teach, and have taught, will never be able to report of grace nor victory from the play; indeed not, because of such ornament as are rich clothes to the charming and beautiful Nymphs that cavort on Mt. Menalo or in the Lyceum, such is the grace imparted to the blows of the glittering sword, to which, when deprived of laudable footsteps, such disgrace is brought, that it were as if serene night were widowed of the twinkling stars; and how can the candidate be victorious, where genteel grace is lacking? Accordingly neither will we reasonably hold one to have won if he triumphs through luck, and if a crude peasant has thrown unruly blows at him, neither will he have lost who has done his duty; it is a thing more praiseworthy, according to men of understanding, to lose graciously than to win through luck, devoid of any grace, as in vile disgrace sometimes fortunate luck does hold the place; thus always in overbearing grace does the longed for victory reside, because one concludes that the gracious man can never lose, although through misfortune he were struck.
 
| '''[C3v] LIBRO SECONDO'''
 
'''E'''Ssendo nel soprano libro delle dieci famo se guardie & dell’offese, che da loro ori ginare possono basteuolmente trattato, in questo seguente emmi paruto con dili genza di tre maestreuoli giochi ouer assalti che dir uuoi di spada & brocchero picciolo ammae stramento porgere, e quali tanto piu alli discepoli esser grati debbono, quanto la persona, le gambe, et le mani gaie et ispedite gli renderanno, ne alcuno si merauigli, perch’io dica le gam be, percio che colui che non haura diletto di passeggiar a tempo & in guisa che noi gli insegneremo & insegna to hauemo, ne gratia, ne uittoria potra mai riportar dal gioco, gratiano, perche di quanto ornamento sono li ricchi panni alle uezzose & bellissime Nimphe, che nel mon te Menalo, o nel Liceo si diportano, di tanto è il leggia'''[C4]'''dro passeggiare alli colpi della raggiante spada, laquale, quando delli deceuoli passi priuata fosse, tale disgratia ne recherebbe, che la, quantunque serena notte, se dalle lampeggianti stelle uedouata fosse: & come puote esser la candidata uittoria, doue la gentile gratia manca? Conciosiacosa che ne ragioneuolmente diremo uno hauer uento, se fortunosamente uincesse, et se da rozzo rustico gli srego lati colpi tirasse, ne hauer perduto quello, che haura fat to il suo douere, che piu lodeuole cosa è appresso gli intendenti huomini, gratiosamente perdere, che a uentura & fuori di ogni gratia uincere, che come nella uile disgratia qualche fiata la fortuneuole uentura tiene il luoco, cosi sempre nella non mai di souerchio gratia la disiata uittoria siede, perche si conchiude, che mai l’buomo gratioso puote perdere, benche ferito per sciagura fus se.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Or, also having done the said thrust, you will be able to pass toward his right side with your left foot, and putting your buckler under his sword hand, you will throw a mandrittoc to his leg so that your right foot follows your left.</p>
| But before we begin to speak of the proposition, we will teach how to come to the play, not only so that good players are made apt in attacking and defending, but moreover to give good form to their blows, interposed with smooth motions of their bodies.
 
| Ma prima che cominciamo dire del proponimento, insegneremo uenire al gioco, accio che non solamente gli buoni giocatori atti nel offender & diffender si facciano. Ma etiandio in dar bella forma alli loro colpi con soaui mouimenti della person traposti.
 
  
|-
+
<p>You could also extend two thrusts,<sup>2</sup> one with the right foot forward, promptly passing toward his right side with your left foot, and thereafter you will have withdrawn your fist somewhat toward yourself, and you will extend the other thrust into his face.</p>
| '''THE FIRST ASSAULT'''
 
Firstly, opposite your enemy, you will place yourself at one end of the hall or of some other spacious field, arranging your body over your legs, and your sword and buckler in your hands, in such a manner that each movement, each act, each gesture is full of grace. And wanting to come towards your enemy, you will pass diagonally toward your right side with your right foot, and in such passage you will give a blow with your false edge to the dome of your buckler, putting your sword into guardia alta, and your buckler must lie toward your face in the manner of a mirror, and passing forward thereafter with your left foot, you will touch your buckler again, arranging your sword into guardia di testa, the buckler falling along your left thigh, and then you will step forward with your right foot, lifting your sword into guardia alta, and then passing with your left foot you will do a montante followed by an over-arm mandritto [i.e. a mandritto that goes over your own left arm]. Then you will go with your sword into guardia di testa, and stepping forward with your right foot you will touch the dome of your buckler with the false edge, and you will do a montante that rises into guardia alta, and after that you will embellish the play, which is done by sending forth first your right foot, then your left, and cutting the edge of your buckler with a fendente so that having done this the sword must fall and immediately re-ascend to the rear into guardia alta. And drawing your left foot near your right, you will subsequently retouch your buckler and then you will step forward with your left foot into large pace, replacing your sword into guardia di testa.
 
| '''IL PRIMO ASSALTO'''
 
'''P'''Rimieramente dirimpetto al tuo nemico ti ponerai da un capo della sala o di altro spatioso campo ga iamente adattandoti la persona sopra le gambe & la spa da el brocchero nelle mani, in maniera, che ogni mouimen to, ogni atto, ogni cenno sia pieno di gratia. Et uolendo uenir uerso il Nemico, tu passerai con il piede destro '''[C4v]''' per trauerso uerso le tue destre parti, et in cotale passamen to darai del falso un colpo nella coppola del Brocchero ponendo la spada in guardia alta, & il Brocchero deue stare uerso il uolto a guisa di uno specchio, & seguentemente passando con il sinistro piede innanzi ritoccherai il brocchero agiando la spada in guardia di testa el brocchero calando lungo la coscia sinistra, & quindi scor rerarai con il piede destro innanzi leuando la spada in guardia alta, & poi passando con il piede sinistro farai uno montante accompagnato da uno mandritto sopra brac cio. Indi anderai con la spada in guardia di testa, & scorrendo con il piede destro innanzi toccherai con il falso la coppola del brocchero & farai uno montante che sa lisca in guardia alta & dopoi abbellirai il gioco ilquale si fa gittando prima il destro piede dopoi il sinistro et tagliando l’orlo del brocchero con uno fendente si, che fatto questo la spada dee calare, & subito rimontare per di dietro in guardia alta. Et tirando il sinistro piede appo il dritto seguentemente farai uno ritocco di brocche ro, & poi a grande passo con il sinistro piede scorrerai innanzi riponendo la spada in guardia di testa.
 
  
|-
+
<p>You can moreover raise a falso<sup>3</sup> into guardia di faccia, passing forward with your right foot, and strike him with a mandritto. Or extend a thrust<sup>4</sup> followed by a tramazzone,<sup>a</sup> also with the right foot forward. Or, after you will have made the thrust, pretending to give him a riverso,<sup>b</sup> you will strike him with a mandritto. Or follow the said thrust with another penetrating thrust,<sup>c</sup> drawing your fist back in the making thereof.</p>
| Then, passing forward similarly with your right, you will hit the dome with a falso, and do a montante into guardia alta, throwing your right foot alongside your left, so that the buckler guards your head well, and thus far to this point is contained the fashion whereby you must come to find your enemy. And do not forget, reader, such embellishment of play, because in more places in the present assault we will refer to it without redescribing it.
+
|  
| Indi con il destro medesimamente innanzi passando percoterai la coppola di uno falso, & farai uno montante in guardia alta tirando il destro piede lungo il sinistro, si, chel brocchero guardi bene la testa & cosi fin a questo punto si contiene il modo con ilquale tu dei uenire a trouar il nemico. Et non ti scordi lettore cotale abbellimento di gio co, perche in piu luochi del presente assalto senza ridirlo piu lo richiameremo.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/42|2|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/43|1|lbl=17r|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| But when you will be already near your enemy the blows will no more be committed to the wind. You will pass forward with your right foot into large pace, throwing a mandritto to his head that goes over-arm, and return a riverso making your sword fall into coda lunga stretta. Then you will make your buckler a good defender of your head, immediately returning a montante that goes into guardia alta, where it will behoove you to throw your right foot along your left. our right foot along your left.
+
|  
| Ma quando tu serai gia '''[C5]''' appresso il nemico oue li colpi non seranno piu da commettere al uento. Tu passerai con il piede destro innan zi a grande passo, tirandogli di uno mandritto per faccia, che uadi sopra braccio, & ritornerai di riuerso facen do calar la spada in coda lunga stretta. Indi farai il brocchero buono riparatore della testa subito ritornando di uno montante che uadi in guardia alta, oue conuiene, che tu tiri il piede destro lungo’l sinistro.
+
| <p>[42] '''Chapter 18, of the counters to the offenses of the aforesaid guardia cingiara porta di ferro.'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>As the enemy extends a thrust<sup>1</sup> with the right foot, you will parry that with a falso, and when he wants to strike you with a mandritto,<sup>a</sup> casting your left foot behind your right, you will give him a mezzo mandritto to his sword arm. But if he is extending you will ward that with the false edge, and as you see the riverso<sup>b</sup> approaching your face, passing forward with your right foot into guardia di testa you will protect yourself, striking him thereafter with a mandritto to the face.</p>
| And then, passing with your right foot, you will throw a fendente that ends in guardia di faccia, and you will thereafter pass with your left foot toward your right side, in which tempo you will throw a tramazzone falling into cingiara porta di ferro. And you will oppose your buckler to your head. Then passing with your right foot into large pace, you will make a falso traversale to your enemy’s face, so that your sword subsequently rises into guardia alta, throwing an overarm mandritto to the head or face, and retiring your right foot near your left; and then you will pass again with your right foot into large pace, casting your sword fist high and throwing a mandritto to the face, which goes under-arm. Then redraw your right foot even with your left, making your buckler good.
 
| Et quindi passando con il piede destro tirerai uno fendente per sino in guardia di faccia, & passerai con il sinistro successi uamente uerso le sue diritte parti, nel qual tempo tu tirerai di uno tramazzone calante in cingiara porta di ferro. Et alla testa opporrai il brocchero. Dopoi con il piede destro passando a grande passo, tu farai uno falso trauersale per la nemica faccia, si, che la spada seguentemente sa lisca in guardia alta, tirando uno mandritto per testa, o per faccia sopra braccio, & riducendo il piede destro appo il sinistro et poi ripasserai con il destro piede a gran de passo gittando il pugno della spada in alto & tiran do di uno mandritto per faccia, che uadi sotto braccio. Dopoi ritirerai il destro piede a pari del sinistro facen do buono il brocchero.
 
  
|-
+
<p>But if he extends the thrust with his right foot forward, passing also forward similarly with your right foot you will ward that with the false edge. But during the passing forward that he will make with his left foot in order to strike you in the leg in the traverse with a mandritto,<sup>c</sup> immediately casting your right foot behind your left you will strike him in the sword hand with a mezzo mandritto, and if he extends the two thrusts,<sup>2</sup> you will hit the first with the false edge, passing forward with your right foot, and the second with the true edge, stepping forward thereafter with your left foot, and striking him with a falso to the face.</p>
| And then, stepping forward similarly with your right you will do a falso that ends in guardia di faccia, followed by two tramazzoni, so that the last will have its finish in porta di ferro stretta.
 
| Et quindi scorrendo innanzi medesimamente con il destro farai uno falso per sino in guardia di faccia da duo tramazzoni accompagnato, si, chel ultimo in porta di ferro stretta habbi il finimento.
 
  
|-
+
<p>But if he raises the falso<sup>3</sup> in order to give you a mandritto, having his right foot forward, casting your left foot behind your right and going into porta di ferro larga, as he lets the mandritto fall toward your head, you will ward that with the false edge, giving him a mandritto to the face.</p>
| And from here, throwing your right foot to the left, you will do a montante into guardia alta, and thus done, embellish the play as has been instructed above.
 
| Et di qui tirando il destro piede al sinistro, farai uno montante in guardia alta, & cio fatto, abbellirai il gioco, come di sopra sei ammaestrato.
 
  
|-
+
<p>But if he extends a thrust4 with his right foot forward followed by a tramazzone, you will similarly shield yourself from that with the false edge, and when he turns the tramazzone,<sup>a</sup> you will recover yourself into guardia di faccia. And when he will wish to extend a thrust with his right leg forward, you will hit it with the false edge without stepping.</p>
| Then passing forward with your right, you will throw an over-arm mandritto, and the right foot near the left.
+
|  
| Indi passando con il destro innanzi, tirerai uno mandritto sopra '''[C5v]''' Braccio & il piede destro appresso il sinistro.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/43|2|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/44|1|lbl=17v|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| Then you will return forward with the same right, making two riversi, one to the face, and the other to the thigh, and letting go an overhand stoccata that goes over-arm, you will withdraw your right foot near your left.
+
|  
| Dopoi ritornerai con il medesimo destro innanzi facendo duo riuersi, uno per faccia, et l’altro per coscia, & lasciando andare una stoccata sopra mano, che uadi sopra braccio, tu ritirerai il destro piede appo il sinistro.
+
| <p>[43] And when he wishes to pretend to throw a riverso,<sup>b</sup> passing forward with your right foot you will turn your true edge against such pretense.</p>
  
|-
+
<p>And he wishing to throw a mandritto to your head, you will go into guardia di testa defending yourself from that, and giving him a similar blow to the face.</p>
| Then you will step with your left foot, extending a punta riversa into your enemy’s face.
 
| Quindi tu scorrerai con il sinistro spignendo una punta riuersa nella nemica faccia.
 
  
|-
+
<p>But if he extends a thrust to your face with his right foot forward, without moving your feet you will turn a tramazzone over that.</p>
| Then with your right foot forward in large pace you will throw a riverso from low to high, and you will immediately turn a falso to the left temple, and thrust thereafter a riverso stuck in the right side of the face.
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/44|2|lbl=-}}
| Dopoi con il destro innanzi a gran de passo tirerai d’uno riuerso di sotto in su, & subito uol gerai uno falso per la sinistra tempia, & caccierai successiuamente uno riuerso spinto nella faccia dal diritto la to.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| And you will immediately cast your right foot in large pace behind your left, and you will throw a mandritto to end in guardia di faccia. Then you will make a half turn of your hand so that your sword lies in coda lunga alta, making your buckler a good defender of your head.
+
|  
| Et subito gitterai il piede dritto a grande passo dietro al sinistro tirerai di uno mandritto per sino in guardia di faccia. Indi farai una mezza uolta di ma no si, che la spada si troui in coda lunga alta, facendo il brocchero buono schermitore della testa.
+
| <p>[] And if he extends the penetrating thrust,<sup>c</sup> passing forward into large pace with your right foot you will ward that with the false edge, extending to him a good one to the face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/44|3|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| Then you will draw your left foot near your right, and pass forward thereafter with your right, extending a thrust to his face, followed by a riverso to the thigh, and this done, your sword must fall into coda lunga stretta. Then you will pass forward with the left foot, extending a thrust to the face, and crossing forward afterwards with your right foot, you will therewith turn a tramazzone to the head that falls into porta di ferro stretta, defending your head well with your buckler; afterwards you will do a montante, reducing your sword into guardia alta and throwing your right foot alongside your left, and here you will embellish the play in the already described fashion.
+
|  
| Dopoi, tu tirerai il sinistro piede appo’l destro, & passerai seguen temente con il destro innanzi spignendogli una punta nella faccia di uno riuerso per coscia accompagnata, & fatto questo la spada dee calare in coda lunga stretta. Indi passerai con il piede sinistro innanzi spingendo una punta nella faccia, & uarcando poscia con il piede destro innanzi gli uolgerai insieme uno tramazzone per la testa che cali in porta di ferro stretta defendendo be ne con il brocchero la testa, successiuamente farai uno montante riducendo la spada in guardia alta & tirando il piede destro lungo’l sinistro, & quiui al modo gia detto il gioco abbellirai.  
+
| <p>[44] '''Chapter 19, of the offenses that would have to be done in coda lunga alta with the left foot forward.'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>You can step forward with your right foot and do a falso,<sup>1</sup> and a mandritto. Or passing also with the same foot do a falso<sup>2</sup> and pretend to do a mandritto, but rather throw a riverso at him. You can also, after you will have passed with the aforesaid foot, extend a thrust<sup>3</sup> and throw a mandritto. Or passing also with the same foot, throw a thrust<sup>4</sup> followed by a riverso.</p>
| And then you will throw an over-arm mandritto with your right foot forward, and having done the blow, you will retire it even with your left.
+
|
| Et dopoi tu tirerai uno man dritto sopra braccio con il piede destro innanzi ilquale fatto il colpo a pari del manco ritirerai.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/44|4|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/45|1|lbl=18r|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| Then you will pass forward with the same right, throwing a stoccata riversa to the face, and immediately stepping toward his right side with your left foot, you will turn a tramazzone to the face, and then crossing forward with your right foot, you will turn another tramazzone, also to the face, and thereafter a thrust, accompanied with your buckler into guardia di faccia.
+
|  
| Indi passerai '''[C6]''' con il medesimo destro innanzi tirando una stoccata riuersa nella faccia, & scorrendo subito con il piede manco uerso le sue diritte parti, tu uolgerai uno tramazzone per faccia, poi uarcando con il piede destro innanzi, gli uolgerai uno altro tramazzone pur per la fac cia, & seguentemente una punta in guardia di faccia dal tuo brocchero accompagnata.
+
| <p>[45] As well, drawing your left foot near to your right, and next passing forward with your right, you can strike him with a fendente.<sup>5</sup> Or with your right foot [stepping] forward you can extend a thrust<sup>6</sup> followed by a tramazzone.<sup>a</sup></p>
  
|-
+
<p>Or throwing such a thrust into his face with the aforesaid foot forward, you will be able to pass toward his right side with your left foot, and putting your buckler under his sword you will throw a mandritto<sup>b</sup> to this leg in such a manner that your left foot follows behind your right.</p>
| Then you will turn the third tramazzone to the head, which falls into porta di ferro stretta, and you will do a montante into guardia alta, drawing your right foot near your left, and (here as above) you will embellish the play. Which done, you will make a close to the half sword, that is, you will step forward with your right foot into large pace, throwing a mandritto below your arm, and then reducing your right foot even with your left, and thereafter you will return to large pace with the right foot forward, making a traversed falso to finish in guardia di faccia.
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/45|2|lbl=-}}
| Dopoi uolterai il ter zo tramazzone per testa, ilquale cali in porta di ferro stretta, & farai uno montante in guardia alta tirando il piede destro appo il manco, & (quiui come di sopra) abbellirai il gioco. Ilche fatto, tu farai una stretta di mez za spada, cioè tu scorgerai il piede dritto innanzi a grande passo tirando per sotto braccio uno mandritto & ridu cendo poi il destro piede a pari del manco, & successiuamente ritornerai a grande passo innanzi con il piede destro facendo uno falso trauersato per sino in guardia di faccia.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| Then passing similarly with your left, you will make a half turn of your fist followed by a thrust, which you must thrust into the face, and then you will cross toward his left side with your right foot, therewith pretending to give him a mandritto to his left side, in which tempo your right leg must return to the rear, extending a riverso to the right temple and then similarly retiring the left you will strike the enemy with a mezzo mandritto which goes into guardia di faccia.
+
|  
| Dopoi medesimamente passando con il sinistro farai un mezza uolta di pugno accompagnata da una punta, laquale tu dei sospignergli nella faccia, et poscia uarcherai con il piede destro uerso le sue sinistre parti facendo sembiante insieme di dargli di uno mandritto nelle sue sinistre parti, nel qual tempo la gamba destra dee ritornare in dietro spignendogli un riuerso nella tempia drit ta et poi medesimamente ritirando il sinistro ferirai il nemico di uno mezzo mandritto ilquale uadi in guardia di faccia.
+
| <p>[46] '''Chapter 20, of the counters that can be done to the aforesaid offenses of coda lunga alta.'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>When the enemy, passing forward with his right foot, will do a falso<sup>1</sup> and a mandritto, without stepping you will assume cingiara porta di ferro, and when he will throw the mandritto, you will pass forward with your right foot, hitting that with the false edge, and immediately throw a mandritto to his face or leg as you wish. But when he does a falso<sup>2</sup> and pretends to do a mandritto, passing forward with your right foot you will go into guardia di faccia.</p>
| Following which, you will put your right foot alongside your left, settling yourself into guardia alta, from whence you will render the play beautiful as is described above.
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/45|3|lbl=-}}
| Et seguitando porrai il piede destro lungo’l sini stro assettandoti in guardia alta, donde renderai bello il gioco come sopra è detto.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| And having thus furnished the play, you will make a withdrawal back no less beautiful than the coming to play which was done in the first part of the present assault, which you will do by returning your right foot to the rear in such a way that it goes behind the left, and in that tempo you will throw an under-arm mandritto; then similarly returning your left to the rear you will execute a montante from your left side so that your sword rises into guardia alta, then you will execute another montante, from your right side, returning your sword into guardia alta and drawing your right foot likewise near your left.
+
|  
| E cosi hauendo fornito il gioco con il tuo auersario farai uno ritornare in dietro '''[C6v]''' non men bello chel uenir a gioco fatto nella prima parte del presente assalto, ilquale farai in modo che tornando il piede al indietro in forma chel uadi dopoi il sinistro, tirerai in quel tempo di uno mandritto sotto braccio, poi ritornando in dietro medesimamente il sinistro farai uno montante delle parti manche tue si, che la spada salisca in guardia alta, farai poscia uno altro mon tante dalle diritte parti tue ritornando la spada in guar dia alta & tirando parimente il destro piede appresso il sinistro.
+
| <p>[47] And in the turning of a riverso that he makes to your right thigh, passing forward with your left foot, and turning your point toward the ground you will protect yourself, extending immediately thereafter a thrust to his face.</p>
  
|-
+
<p>And if he extends a thrust<sup>3</sup> with his right leg forward in order to give you a mandritto, as he extends the thrust you will pass forward with your right foot warding that with the true edge. And when he will wish to strike you with a mandritto, you will push a thrust into his face without moving your feet.</p>
| Then you will throw an under-arm mandritto, retiring back with your right foot, and then you will make a half turn of your body toward your right side, and in this turning your sword must go out from under your arm, turning it once about the upper part of your head so that the sword will lie in the guardia di Alicorno [unicorn], that is, with the fist high and the point aimed at the ground. Then you will cast your left foot back into large pace, extending a thrust from low to high, risen into guardia alta, and drawing your right foot even with your left, and thus will you be returned whence you began.
 
| Indi tirerai di uno mandritto sotto braccio fuggendo in dietro con il piede destro, & poi farai una mezza uolta di persona uerso le tue diritte parti & in questo uoltare la spada dee uscire fuori di sotto braccio uoltiggiandola una fiata da torno la soprana parte della testa si, che la spada se habbi a trouare in guardia di Alicorno, cioè che stando il pugno alto la punta guar di la terra. Indi a grande passo gittarai il piede sinistro in dietro spignendo una punta di sotto in su salien te in guardia alta & tirando il destro piede a pari del sinistro, & cosi serai ritornato, donde ti partisti.
 
  
|-
+
<p>But when he passes with the same right foot in order to extend a thrust<sup>4</sup> and turn a riverso, during the extension of the thrust that he makes, passing similarly with your right foot you will ward yourself from that with your true edge.</p>
| '''THE SECOND ASSAULT'''
 
It must already be plain to the reader of the previously described first assault, that each of them is divided into three parts.
 
| '''IL SECONDO ASSALTO.'''
 
'''G'''Ia deue essere palese per la lettura del pre detto primo assalto, che qualunque di loro è diuiso in tre parti.
 
  
|-
+
<p>And when he wants to throw a riverso to your leg, you will cast your right foot back to the right, striking him in his sword arm with a riverso.</p>
| The first has the fashion of coming to the play. The second, of the playing. The third, of returning from the play; and as the second has the offensive blows, thus do the first and the third have the fanciful and the playful.
 
| La prima ha il modo del andare a gioco. La seconda del giocare. La terza del ritornar da gioco, & come la seconda ha gli colpi offensibili, cosi la prima, & la terza gli ha uoti '''[C7]''' & scherzeuoli.
 
  
|-
+
<p>And when he makes a change of foot in order to give you a fendente,<sup>5</sup> you will immediately recover yourself into porta di ferro.</p>
| Beginning, therefore, the second assault at its first part, which is going to the play, I say that similarly you will settle yourself in one corner of the room as you did in your previous graceful arrangement, and you will cross toward your right side with your right foot, striking the dome of your buckler with the false edge, and raising your sword into guardia alta, so that your buckler is turned toward your face in the manner of a mirror, and thence you will pass forward with your left foot into large pace, making a great leap toward your enemy, in which tempo your sword must make a tramazzone into porta di ferro stretta, and thus you will abide with your feet even.
+
|  
| Incominciando adunque il secondo assalto dalla sua prima parte che è lo andar al gioco dico, che medesimamente ti assetterai da uno canto della sa la come facesti nel primiero tuo leggiadro acconciamen to, & con il piede destro uarcherai uerso le tue destre par ti ferendo con il falso la coppola del brocchero & leuan do la spada in guardia alta, si, chel brocchero sia uolto uerso la faccia in guisa di uno specchio, & quinci passerai a grande passo con il piede sinistro innanzi, facendo uno grande salto uerso il nemico, nelqual tempo la spada deue fare uno tramazzone in porta di ferro stretta, & cosi rimarrai a piede pari.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/45|4|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/46|1|lbl=18v|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| Then you will immediately cross forward with your right foot into large pace, making a montante into guardia alta, and here you will embellish the play, not in the fashion in which you did in the first assault, for each of these three assaults has separated its embellishment, which it pleases us to name thus, and for the entirety of the play in which it is found, from the beginning, it is licit to speak of again.
+
|  
| Dopoi subito ualicherai a grande passo con il piede destro innanzi fa cendo uno montante in guardia alta, & quiui abbellirai il gioco non al modo che facesti nel primo assalto, percio, che qualunque di questi tre assalti, ha separato il suo abbellimento, che cosi chiamarlo ci piace & quello per tutt’il gioco nelquale da capo si truoua, retrattor lece.  
+
| <p>[48] And as he passes with his right foot in order to strike you with a fendente, you will arrange yourself into guardia di testa, warding that and throwing a mandritto to his face or thigh as you wish. But if, with the same foot, he extends a thrust<sup>6</sup> in order to give you a tramazzone,<sup>a</sup> you will hit that with the false edge, and passing toward his left side with your right foot you will throw a mandritto to his head, so that your left foot must follow behind your right. But if he extends a thrust with the same foot forward, passing thereafter with his left foot in order to give you a mandritto to the leg, as he extends the thrust, you will hit it with the false edge of your sword. And when he wishes to pass in order to strike you with a mandritto,<sup>b</sup> casting your left foot to the rear you will hit him in his sword hand with a mezzo mandritto.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/46|2|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| The embellishing of this second assault will be, accordingly, that cutting with a fendente to the edge of your buckler which falls into cingiara porta di ferro, and throwing the right foot to the rear in the same tempo, you will retreat with your left foot behind your right, and therewith you will strike the dome of your buckler. Then you will do a montante that ends in guardia alta, drawing your right foot even with your left.
+
|  
| Lo abbellire adunque di questo secondo assalto sera, che tagliando d'uno fendente nel orlo del brocchero che cali in cingiara porta di ferro, et tirando in quel medesimo tem po il piede destro al indietro, tu fuggirai con il piede sinistro dietro al destro, & insieme percoterai la coppola del brocchero. Poi tu farai uno montante per sino in guar dia alta tirando il piede destro a pari del manco.
+
| <p>[49] '''Chapter 21, of the offenses that can be done in coda lunga stretta, finding oneself with the right foot forward.'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>With the left foot [stepping] forward you will be able to extend a thrust,<sup>1</sup> and then passing with your right foot give him a mandritto.<sup>a</sup> Or, also making the aforesaid thrust, you can step forward with your right foot and turn a tramazzone.<sup>b</sup></p>
| Then, wanting at last to assault your enemy, you will lead your left foot forward into large pace, throwing a thrust in the gesture of a montante, which goes to end in the face of the enemy, and immediately passing forward with the right foot again into large pace, you will throw a penetrating riverso to the face, redoubling two tramazzoni to the head, so that the last falls into porta di ferro stretta, and you will immediately do a montante into guardia alta, drawing your right foot near your left, and then passing forward with your right foot you will throw an over-arm mandritto, recoiling similarly your right foot near your left.
 
| Indi uolendo gia assalir il nemico guiderai il piede sinistro in nanzi a grande passo tirandogli una punta in atto di uno montante, che uadi per insino nella faccia del nimico, & subito passando pur a grande passo con il destro innan'''[C7v]'''zi, gli tirerai di uno riuerso triuellato nella faccia radoppiandogli duo tramazzoni per testa, si, che l’ultimo ca li in porta di ferro stretta, & subito farai uno montan te in guardia alta tirando il piede destro appresso il sinistro & poi passando con il destro innanzi tirerai di uno mandritto sopra braccio raccogliendo similmente il piede destro appo’l sinistro.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Or, after you will have extended the said thrust, passing forward with your right foot, you will pretend to give him a mandritto,<sup>c</sup> striking him nonetheless with a riverso to the face or the leg. You will also be able, after the said thrust is extended, to pass forward with your right foot, throwing a fendented to his head.</p>
| Then stepping forward with your left, you will do a mezzo riverso to end in guardia di faccia. And pretending to do another riverso, you will carry your right foot forward, giving him moreover a show as if to strike him in the head with a mandritto, and during this show, crossing with your left foot you will stick him in the face with a thrust in the gesture of a montante.
+
|
| Poscia scorrendo con il si nistro innanzi, farai uno mezzo riuerso per sino in guar dia di faccia. Et facendo sembiante di uno altro riuerso condurrai il destro piede innanzi dandogli etiando a uedere di ferirlo per testa di uno mandritto, & in questa uista uarcando con il piede sinistro gli caccierai nella fac cia una punta in atto di montante.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/46|3|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/47|1|lbl=19r|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| Then, with the right foot forward, you will throw a riverso from low to high, and a mandritto going over your arm, and thereafter casting your right foot behind your left you will deliver a riverso to his sword hand, so that your buckler is a good defender of your head, and that your sword is taken into coda lunga [alta]. Then with your left foot forward you will settle yourself with your sword in guardia di testa, and then passing with your right foot toward his left side, you will throw a fendente to his head, in which tempo your left leg must follow behind your right.
+
|  
| Dapoi con il destro innanzi tirerai di uno riuerso di sotto in su, & di uno mandritto andante sopra braccio, & seguentemente git tando il destro dietro al sinistro farai uno riuerso per la mano della spada, si, chel brocchero sia buono defensore della testa, et che la spada si ripari in coda lunga. Quin di con il sinistro piede innanzi ti assetterai con la spada in guardia di testa, & poi con il destro uerso le sue sinistre parti passando, gli tirerai di uno fendente per testa, nel quale tempo la sinistra gamba seguir deue la dritta per di dietro.
+
| <p>[50] '''Chapter 22, of the counters that can be done in coda lunga stretta, with the right foot forward.'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>As he extends the thrust<sup>1</sup> with his left foot forward for the reason of striking you with a mandritto, you will hit it with the false edge. And wanting to offend you with the mandritto,<sup>a</sup> you will strike his sword hand with a mezzo mandritto without stepping.</p>
| Then you will recover your sword into porta di ferro stretta, going thereafter into guardia di faccia, and from here you will guide your left forward toward his left side, so that your right leg follows behind your left, and having done this you will throw a riverso to his face.
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/47|2|lbl=-}}
| Indi farai ricourar la spada tua in porta di ferro stretta andando seguentemente in guardia di faccia, & di qui guiderai il sinistro innanzi uerso le sue sinistre parti, si, che la diritta gamba seguisca la sinistra per di dietro, & fatto questo tireragli di uno riuerso per faccia.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| Then you will extend a stoccata, lifting yourself gracefully with a hop backwards, and passing forward from here with your right you will do a montante into guardia alta, and will draw your right foot behind your left, which, having done, you will then embellish the play in the fashion described a little above.
+
| class="noline" |
| Dopoi tu spignerai una stoccata, leuan doti con uno balzo al indietro leggiadramente, et di qui '''[C8]''' passando con il destro innanzi tu farai uno montante in guardia alta, & tirerai il destro piede appresso il sinistro il che poi che fatto haurai abbellirai il gioco, nel modo poco sopradetto.
+
| class="noline" | <p>[51] But if after he has extended the aforesaid thrust he wants to give you a tramazzone,<sup>b</sup> you will block that with your true edge, and thereafter in order to be safe from the tramazzone you will settle yourself into guardia di faccia without moving your foot.</p>
  
|-
+
<p>And if after the previously named thrust he pretends to throw a mandritto,<sup>c</sup> but throws a riverso instead, for defense from the thrust, in the manner of your enemy you will extend a similar one, so that both swords encounter each other by their true edges, and for the warding of the mandritto, without any movement you will assume the guardia di faccia.</p>
| And resuming the play with your right foot forward you will throw a fendente to end in guardia di faccia, recoiling your right foot even with your left, and then with your left forward you will throw a tramazzone to the head, and placing your right forward thereafter, you will make a show of turning another tramazzone, but you will strike his leg opposite you with a mandritto instead, so that your sword goes under your arm, and your buckler to the defense of your head. Then you will throw a riverso from low to high to your enemy’s hand, hopping gaily back so that after finishing the leap you will find yourself with even feet in coda lunga alta.
 
| Et ripigliando il gioco con il piede de stro innanzi tirerai uno fendente per sino in guardia di faccia raccogliendo il piede dritto a par del manco, & poi con il sinistro innanzi uolterai uno tramazzone per testa, & ponendo il destro (seguitando) innanzi farai u sta di uolgere uno altro tramazzone, ma percio la gamba antiposta di uno mandritto gli ferirai, si, che la spada uadi sotto braccio, & il brocchero alla defensione della testa. Poi tirerai di uno riuerso di sotto in su per la mano del nemico balzandoti subito gaiamente al indietro, si, che dopoi il fatto salto, ti troui a piede pari in co da lunga alta.  
 
  
|-
+
<p>And in the riverso that he makes to your face, making a half turn of your hand you will hit that, throwing a mandritto to his leg or face.</p>
| Then crossing forward with your right you will do a montante into guardia alta. Then throwing a tramazzone into porta di ferro larga, entirely uncovered, you will remain alert, so that if perchance your enemy wants to strike you in the head, immediately casting your left foot forward and letting your sword go into coda lunga [alta] you will take the said blow with your buckler, and you will respond to him with a falso across his left temple in such a way that your sword goes under your arm.
 
| Quindi con il destro innanzi uarcando farai uno montante in guardia alta. Dopoi tirando di uno tramazzone in porta di ferro larga tutto scoperto, starai accorto, che se per caso il nemico ti uolesse ferire la testa, tu subito gittando innanzi il sinistro, & lasciando andar la spada in coda lunga, piglierai con il brocchero il detto colpo, et gli risponderai di uno falso a trauerso la tem pia sinistra in guisa che la spada uadi sotto braccio.  
 
  
|-
+
<p>But if the aforesaid riverso comes to your leg, immediately going forward toward his right side with your left foot you will extend a thrust to his face, letting your right foot go behind to the left.</p>
| Casting thereafter your left foot behind your right you will throw a riverso to his face, falling into coda lunga so that your head is well guarded by your buckler. Then, with your right foot retired to the rear, you will extend a thrust to his face, and then returning forward with the same right foot you will redouble two tramazzoni upon each other, of which the last falls into porta di ferro stretta, following with a montante into guardia alta, and here for the third time you will embellish the play in the aforesaid fashion.
 
| Se guentemente gittando il piede sinistro dietro al destro gli tirerai per il uolto di uno riuerso calante in coda lunga, si, che la testa sia ben guardata dal brocchero. Indi il piede destro indietro ritirando gli spignerai una punta nella faccia et poi ritornando innanzi con il medesimo piede destro gli radoppierai duo tramazzoni adosso, delliquali l’ultimo cali in porta di ferro stretta, seguitando di uno montan'''[C8v]'''te in guardia alta, & quiui la terza fiata abbellirai il gio co nel modo sopradetto.
 
  
|-
+
<p>And if, after the thrust, he wants to strike you in the head with a fendente,<sup>d</sup> in order to ward yourself from the thrust you will hit his sword hand with a mezzo mandritto, and for defense from the fendente you will immediately go into guardia di testa, and thus protected, in response you will give him a mandritto to the face or legs as you wish.
| Crossing forward with your right next, you will cut a tramazzone fallen into porta di ferro larga. And you will cause your apposed buckler to guard your head well. Then drawing your left foot near your right you will do a falso from low to high going into guardia di faccia. And casting your right foot immediately forward, you will throw a mandritto traversale to the face so that your sword falls into porta di ferro [not specified].
+
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/47|3|lbl=-}}
| Dopoi uarcando con il destro innanzi, taglierai uno tramazzone in porta di ferro larga calante. Et farai bene guardar la testa dal antiponu to brocchero. Indi tirando il piede manco appo il destro farai uno falso di sotto in su andante in guardia di faccia. Et subito gittando il destro innanzi, tirerai d’uno mandritto trauersale per faccia, si, che la spada cali in porta di ferro.
 
 
 
|-
 
| You will then go into guardia di testa with your sword, and will throw a mandritto to his leg, going under your arm, and immediately recoiling your right foot to the rear, you will throw a riverso to his sword hand in such fashion that it falls into coda lunga, and stepping forward from here with your right, you will extend a thrust to his face, and as he raises his sword to block that, you will immediately place your buckler under that, and in that tempo you will pass toward his right side with your left foot, giving him a mandritto to the leg, and making your right foot then immediately follow behind your left, and thereafter retiring your left behind your right into large pace, you will make a half turn of your hand, so that your sword is finally reposed into coda lunga stretta.
 
| Quindi anderai con la spada in guardia di testa, & gli tirerai per gamba di uno mandritto andante sotto braccio, & subito raccogliendo il piede de stro al indietro, gli ferirai la mano della spada di uno riuerso, in modo che quella cali in coda lunga, & di qui scorrendo con il destro innanzi, spigneragli una punta ne la faccia, & com’egli leuera la spada per scansarla, tu sotto quella subito il tuo brocchero ponerai, & in quel tempo passerai con il piede manco uerso le sue diritte par ti dandogli di uno mandritto per gamba, & facendo che subito poi il piede destro seguiti per di dietro il manco, et successiuamente il sinistro ritirando dietro al destro a gran de passo farai una mezza uolta di mano, si, che finalmente la spada in coda lunga stretta si riponga.
 
 
 
|-
 
| Then you will extend a thrust to the face without moving your feet, and immediately after having done this, you will step toward his right side with your left foot, throwing a riverso to his right temple so that thereafter your right foot follows behind your left, and that your buckler is a good guardian of your head. Then you will extend a stoccata into your enemy's face, lifting yourself to the rear with an easy leap, causing your sword to be reduced into coda lunga alta.
 
| Dopoi tu spignerai una punta nella faccia senza mouer piede, et subito fatto questo, scorrerai con il piede manco uerso le sue destre parti tirandogli di uno riuerso per la sua tempia dritta, si, che il piede destro seguisca successiuamente il manco per di dietro, & che’l brocchero della testa sia buono guardatore. Quinci spignerai una stoccata ne la nemica faccia, leuandoti al indietro con uno ageuole '''[D1]''' salto, facendo che la spada in coda lunga alta si riduchi.
 
 
 
|-
 
| Passing forward then with your right foot, you will extend another thrust to the face. Pretending to strike him in the head with a mandritto, nonetheless you will strike him across the right temple with a riverso, dropping your sword into coda lunga.
 
| Dapoi passando con il destro piede innanzi gli spigne rai un’altra punta nel uolto facendo sembiante di ferirlo per testa di uno mandritto, nondimeno di uno riuerso a trauerso la dritta tempia lo ferirai, calando la spada in coda lunga.
 
 
 
|-
 
| Then you will throw a falso traversale to the sword hand, that goes over-arm, and raising the sword hand into the air, you will throw a mandritto to the face going under-arm. Then immediately drawing your right foot back you will strike his sword hand with a riverso.
 
| Indi tirerai di uno falso trauersale per la mano della spada, che uadi sopra braccio, & leuando la mano della spada in aere gli tirerai per faccia di uno mandritto andante sotto braccio. Dapoi subito trahendo in dietro il piede destro gli ferirai la mano della spada di uno riuerso.
 
 
 
|-
 
| Then stepping forward with the right foot you will extend a thrust to the face, and pretending to throw a riverso to the face, you will give him a mandritto across the left temple, reducing your sword into porta di ferro stretta, where you will shield your head well with your buckler. Then withdrawing your right foot back you will make a half turn of your fist, recovering your sword into coda lunga stretta, and here cutting the enemy's hand with a mezzo mandritto falling into cingiara porta di ferro without moving your feet, thereafter you will step forward with your right foot and will extend a thrust to the face, redoubling two tramazzoni to the head, and making your buckler good, and then you will do a montante into guardia alta, retiring your right foot even with your left. Having furnished such, you will embellish the play in the fashion already described above thrice.
 
| Indi scorrendo con il destro innanzi gli spignerai una punta nella faccia, & facendo sembian te di tirargli di uno riuerso nella faccia, gli darai di uno mandritto a trauerso la tempia manca riducendo la spada in porta di ferro stretta oue schiferai bene la testa con il brocchero. Dapoi ritirando in dietro il piede destro farai una mezza uolta di pugno ricourando la spada in coda lunga stretta, & quiui tagliando per la mano nemi ca mezzo mandritto calante senza mouer gli piedi in cin giara porta di ferro scorrerai successiuamente con il de stro piede innanzi, & spigneraigli nella faccia una punta radoppiandogli duo tramazzoni per testa, & facendo buono il brocchero, & poi farai uno montante in guardia alta rittrando il piede destro a pari del manco. Ilche fornito abbellirai il gioco al modo gia sopra tre fiate detto.
 
 
 
|-
 
| Then making a close to the half sword, which is done by throwing a tramazzone that falls into porta di ferro larga, you will immediately advance your left foot forward, extending a thrust to the right side of the face, and as he raises in order to protect himself from the said thrust, taking his sword to the inside with your left hand, you will throw a mandritto to his head or wherever it seems better to you, and thus you will have satisfactorily furnished the play.
 
| Poi facendo una stretta di mezza spada laqual si fa tirando uno tramazzone, che cali in porta di ferro larga, subito guiderai il piede manco innanzi spignendogli una punta nel uiso dal lato destro, & com’egli leuera per schi '''[D1v]''' farsi dalla detta punta, tu pigliando per il lato di dentro la sua spada con la tua mano manca, gli tirerai di uno mandritto per testa, o doue meglio ti parra, & cosi haurai sodisfaceuolmente finito il gioco.
 
 
 
|-
 
| But wanting, as is custom, to return gracefully from the play, going with your back to the rear, in such going you will cast your right foot back, throwing a mandritto under-arm. Then similarly retiring your left foot to the rear, you will execute a montante from your left side, and another from your right, in which your sword goes into guardia alta. Then casting your right foot back another time you will throw a mandritto underarm. Then leaning your weight over your fixed feet toward your right side you will throw a riverso so that your sword is turned overhead, lowering that into guardia di Alicorno, which has been described above. Subsequently, casting your left foot back, you will extend a thrust that goes into guardia alta, drawing your right foot near your left, and thus you will be returned to the first place from whence you began to come to the play.
 
| Ma uolendo al usato con leggiadria ritornare da gioco, tu andando con la schiena al indietro in cotale andatura gitterai il piede destro in dietro tirando uno mandritto sotto braccio. Indi ri tirando medesimamente al indietro il manco, farai uno montante dalle sinistre parti tue, & un’altro dalle diritte, nel quale la spada uadi in guardia alta. Poi gittando un’altra fiata il destro piede in dietro tirerai uno mandrit to sotto braccio. Indi uolgendo la persona sopra li fermi piedi uerso le destre tue parti tirerai di uno riuerso, che la spada si uolti sopra la testa, quella in guardia di alicorno riducendo della quale di sopra è detto. Seguentemen te gittando il manco in dietro, spignerai una punta, che uadi in guardia alta tirando il piede destro appresso il manco, & cosi serai ritornato al primo luoco, donde ti par tisti per uenir a gioco.
 
 
 
|-
 
| '''THE THIRD ASSAULT'''
 
Not otherwise than was described above in the two previously discussed assaults, finding yourself with every genteel manner at one end of the fencing hall, and wanting to assault your enemy, you will pass diagonally with your right foot toward your right side, executing a molinetto, that is, a circling turn of the sword outside the arm, and then similarly passing with the left foot you will do a riverso from low to high that goes over your arm. Then stepping forward with your right you will throw two riversi so that at the end of the last one your sword will lie in guardia alta. Then you will step forward with your left, retouching your buckler, and reducing your sword into guardia di testa. Then similarly crossing forward with your right you will do a montante in the gesture of a thrust, that is resolved into guardia alta, and in this tempo done thus, you will withdraw your right foot near your left, and having done such, you will embellish the play, not as in the two previous fashions, as it is already plain that each assault has a separate embellishment, and this one is thus: that you will cut the edge of your buckler, throwing your right foot back in this tempo, and making your sword successively fall and rise into guardia alta, whence you will make another molinetto to the inside of the head with your wrist, that is, a revolution in the manner of a circled turn, and then you will draw your left foot near your right, retouching your buckler with a good blow. Then you will step your left foot forward, setting yourself into guardia di testa, and crossing forward with your right foot, you will do a montante in the gesture of a thrust, recovering your sword into guardia alta, and in this tempo you will draw your right foot near the left.
 
| '''IL TERZO ASSALTO.'''
 
'''N'''On altrimenti che di sopra nelli duo prenomanti assalti è detto, ritrouandoti con ogni gentile maniera in capo della sala & uolendo il tuo nemico assalire, tu passerai con il piede destro per trauerso, & uerso le tue di ritte parti, facendo uno molinetto, cioè una girante uolta per di fuori del braccio con la spada, & poi medesimamente passando con il manco farai uno riuerso di sotto in '''[D2]''' su, che uadi sopra braccio. Indi scorrendo con il destro innanzi tirerai duo riuersi, talmente, che nella fine del ulti mo la spada in guardia alta si troui. Dopoi scorgerai il manco innanzi facendo uno ritocco di brocchero & ri ducendo la spada in guardia di testa. Quindi medesimamente con il destro innanzi ualicando farai uno mon tante in atto di punta, che in guardia alta si riduchi, & in cosi fatto tempo il piede destro appo’l manco ritirerai & cio fatto abbellirai il gioco non ad alcuno delli duo predetti modi che gia di sopra è palese che ciascuno assal to ba uno abbellimento separato, & questo è cosi, che tu taglierai di uno fendente l’orlo del brocchero tirando il piede destro in quel tempo al indietro, & facendo calare & successiuamente montare in guardia alta la spada, oue un’altro molinetto di dietro la testa con il nodo de la mano farai cioè uno uolgimento in guisa d’uno circolato giro, & poi tirerai il manco piede appresso il destro ritoccando il brocchero con un buon colpo. Indi scorge rai il sinistro innanzi assettandoti in guardia di testa, & uarcando con il destro innanzi farai uno montante in atto di punta, la spada in guardia alta riducendo, & in questo tempo tirerai il piede destro appo’l manco.
 
 
 
|-
 
| And wanting at last to come to blows with your enemy, you will pass forward with your right foot and will throw an over-arm mandritto, recovering similarly your right foot near the left, and immediately returning the said right foot forward, you will do a mezzo riverso to end in guardia di faccia, and then you will throw a fendente overhead, followed by two tramazzoni, making the last fall into porta di ferro stretta, and here the buckler must make itself a good guardian of your head. Then you will throw a montante into guardia alta, recoiling your right foot near the left, and (following this) pass forward with your right, and you will throw a mezzo mandritto to end in guardia di faccia, and thereafter you will strike him in the head with two tramazzoni, of which you will do the last for pretend, that is, you will make a pretense of giving him a tramazzone, and yet you will strike him in the leg with a mandritto, dropping your sword into porta di ferro larga, and then you will raise a falso to end in guardia di faccia, and then retiring your right foot to the rear, you will assume coda lunga alta; that accomplished, you will draw your left foot near your right, and then you will step forward with the same foot, extending a thrust to the face, and then pretending to give him a tramazzone to the head, you will strike him in the thigh with a riverso, driving a thrust into his face followed by a tramazzone falling into porta di ferro stretta, defending your head well with your buckler; and thereafter drawing your right foot near your left, you will do a montante into guardia alta, and here you will embellish the play in the aforesaid fashion.
 
| Et uolendo hoggimai uenir alle mani con il nemico passerai con il destro piede innanzi tirerai uno mandritto to sopra braccio riducendo medesimamente il destro appo’l manco, & ritornando subito il detto piede destro innanzi, farai uno mezzo riuerso per sino in guardia di fac cia, & poi gli tirerai d’uno fendente sopra la testa accompagnato da duo tramazzoni facendo l’ultimo cala '''[D2v]''' re in porta di ferro stretta, & quiui dee il brocchero guar datore farsi della testa. Indi tirerai uno montante in guar dia alta raccogliendo il destro piede appo’l manco et (se guitando) passerai con il destro innanzi, & tirerai un mez zo mandritto per sino in guardia di faccia, & successiua mente lo ferirai nella testa di duo tramazzoni, delli quali l’ultimo farai in sembiante, cioè farai uista di dargli di tramazzone, & per cio gli ferirai di uno mandritto per gamba calando la spada in porta di ferro larga, & poi leuerai uno falso per sino in guardia di faccia, & quindi ritirando il piede destro in dietro, ti assetterai in coda lunga alta, fatto questo tirerai il piede manco appresso il destro, & poi scorgerai con il medesimo piede innanzi spi gnendo una punta nella faccia, & poi facendo sembian te di dargli per testa di uno tramazzone, gli ferirai la co scia d’uno riuerso, sospingendogli nella faccia una punta seguitata da uno tramazzone calante in porta di ferro stretta facendo che’l brocchero diffendi bene la testa, & successiuamente tirando il piede destro appo il manco, fa rai uno montante in guardia alta, & quiui abbellirai il gioco nel modo antedetto.
 
 
 
|-
 
| Then stepping forward with your right foot, you will follow it with the left in a similar step, sending a thrust from beneath upwards into the enemy’s face, and promptly opposing your right foot to your left again, you will strike him in the arms with a ridoppio riverso. Then you will throw a fendente to the head which falls into porta di ferro stretta, and then crossing forward with your left, you will extend a shrewd thrust to his face, and as he raises to ward it, you will strike him in the thigh opposite you with a riverso, going into guardia di testa, and returning your left foot to the rear, you will strike him in the sword hand with a mezzo mandritto falling into porta di ferro larga. Then, pretending to hit his sword with your false edge, as he wishes to block it, you will thrust your sword from beneath his into his face, and if he wants to protect himself from this thrust, you will immediately strike him in the right thigh with a riverso. Then for your safety you will strike his sword hand with a falso followed by a mandritto to the face, that falls into porta di ferro larga.
 
| Dapoi scorgendo innanzi il piede destro, lo seguiterai con il manco in simile passamento, cacciando una punta di sotto in su nella nemica fac cia, & tosto un’altra fiata antiponendo il destro piede al manco di uno ridoppio riuerso di sotto in su lo ferirai per le braccia. Indi tirerai di uno fendente per testa, che cali in porta di ferro stretta, & poi ualicando con il manco innanzi, gli spignerai nella faccia una sagace punta, & mentr’egli leuera per schifarsi, tu gli ferirai la coscia '''[D3]''' antiposta di uno riuerso, andando con la spada in guardia di testa, & tornando al indietro il piede manco, gli fe rirai la mano della spada di uno mezzo mandritto calan te in porta di ferro larga. Poi facendo uista di urtar la sua spada con il tuo falso, mentr’egli uorra schifarsi, gli caccierai la tua spada per sotto la sua nella faccia, & co m’egli uorra ripararsi da quella punta, di presente gli fe rirai la coscia destra di uno riuerso. Dapoi per tua sicu rezza gli ferirai la mano della spada di uno falso segui tato da uno mandritto per faccia, che cali in porta di fer ro larga.
 
 
 
|-
 
| Then you will push a thrust into his same sword hand in such fashion that your sword hand goes covered by that of your buckler. And then you will immediately redouble two tramazzoni to his head, and executing a montante into guardia alta you will draw your right foot even with your left, and embellish the play in the above fashion.
 
| Indi nella medesima mano della spada spignerai una punta in modo che la tua mano della spada uadi da quella del brocchero coperta. Et poi subito gli radoppierai duo tramazzoni per testa, et facendo uno mon tante in guardia alta tirerai il piede destro a pari del man co, & abbellirai il gioco nel modo di sopra.
 
 
 
|-
 
| Afterwards you will step across with your left foot, and throwing a mandritto in pretense of descending, you will swiftly propel your right forward, placing your false edge beneath his sword. Thereafter, passing forward with your left foot, you will make a turn of your hand, extending a thrust into his face, and then carrying your right forward into large pace, you will redouble two tramazzoni to his head, of which the last must go into porta di ferro stretta, so that your buckler guards your head well, and afterwards you will do a montante into guardia alta, retiring your right foot feet even with your left. And passing forward with your right, you will throw a mandritto which will go over-arm to his leg, and similarly crossing with your left foot toward his right side, you will throw a riverso to his face. And then you will make your sword fall into coda lunga, letting your right leg go behind your left. Then you will cross forward with your right foot, throwing a falso from low to high, to end in guardia di faccia, and immediately pretending to strike him with a riverso to this right temple, you will reach his forward leg with a mandritto going under-arm, so that your buckler guards your head well.
 
| Quindi po scia scorrendo con il piede sinistro per trauerso & tirando di uno mandritto in sembiante di cadere, prestamente guidarai il piede destro innanzi ponendo il falso sotto la sua spada. Seguentemente passando con il piede sini stro innanzi, tu farai una uolta di mano spignendogli una punta nella faccia, & poi conducendo a grande passo il destro innanzi gli radoppierai per testa duo tramazzoni delli quali l’ultimo deue andare in porta di ferro stretta, si che’l Brocchero guardi bene la testa, et poscia farai uno montante in guardia alta ritirando il piede destro a pari del manco, Et passando con il destro innanzi gli tirerai per gamba uno mandritto, che uadi sotto braccio, similmente uarcando con il manco uerso le sue diritte parti, gli tire '''[D3v]''' rai di uno riuerso per faccia. Et poi farai calare la spada in coda lunga, lasciando andar la gamba destra dietro alla sinistra. Indi ualicherai con il destro piede innan zi tirando d’uno falso di sotto in su per sino in guardia di faccia, & subito facendo uista di ferirlo di uno riuerso nella tempia dritta, gli giugnerai la gamba, che sera da uanti d’uno mandritto andante sotto braccio, si chel broc chero guardi bene la testa.
 
 
 
|-
 
| And following this, you will draw your right foot near your left, and stepping forward with your right foot you will throw a riverso to his face which falls into coda lunga stretta, and making then a montante into guardia alta you will draw your right foot near your left, embellishing the play in the above said fashion.
 
| Et successiuamente tirerai il piede destro appo’l manco, & scorgendo innanzi il piede destro gli tirerai d’uno riuerso per faccia, ilquale cali in coda lunga stretta, & facendo poi uno montante in guar dia alta, tirerai il piede destro appo’l manco, abbellando il gioco al modo detto sopra.
 
 
 
|-
 
| Then you will pass forward with your right foot, striking him with an over-arm mandritto in such a way that your right shoulder is placed with its point toward the breast of your enemy. Then throwing a riverso at him in the manner of a fendente that falls into coda lunga stretta you will strike is sword hand with a falso returned over-arm, and thereafter raising your sword hand into guardia alta, you will throw a mandritto at him under-arm, recovering your right foot near your left, and immediately stepping toward his right side with your right foot, you will strike him with a falso going to end in guardia di faccia; then, driving your left foot forward, you will pretend to give him a riverso to his right temple, but promptly crossing toward the left side of your enemy with your right foot, you will give him a fendente to the face which falls into porta di ferro larga in such fashion that your right leg will be the follower of your left to the rear, and here you will make your buckler guard your head well.
 
| Dopoi passerai innanzi con il piede destro ferendolo d’uno mandritto sopra braccio in guisa, che la spalla tua destro si ponga con la punta uer so il petto del tuo nemico. Poi tirandogli d’uno riuerso in maniera di fendente che cali in coda lunga stretta gli ferirai la mano della spada con uno falso ritornante sopra braccio, & successiuamente leuando la mano della spada in guardia alta, gli tirerai di uno mandritto sotto braccio, riducendo il piede destro appresso il sinistro, & subito scorgendo il piede destro uerso le sue destre parti, lo ferirai di uno falso andante per sino in guardia di faccia, poi guidando il piede sinistro innanzi farai sembiante di dargli di uno riuerso nella tempia destra, dopoi ualicando tosto con il piede destro uerso le sue sinistre par ti del nemico, gli darai di uno fendente per faccia che ca li in porta di ferro larga in modo che la gamba destra della sinistra sia seguitatrice per di dietro, & quiui fa'''[D4]'''rai che’l brocchero guardi bene la testa.
 
 
 
|-
 
| Then retiring your left foot near your right, you will propel a falso to end in guardia di faccia, and then crossing forward with your right foot, you will go with your sword into guardia alta, and you will immediately strike him in the head with a fendente followed by two tramazzoni to the face, and your buckler defending your head well, you will next do a montante into guardia alta, drawing your right foot near your left. Then stepping forward with your right foot you will throw a fendente to end in guardia di faccia; doing similarly with your left, but towards his right side, you will throw a tramazzone at him falling into cingiara porta di ferro, and from here you will pass with your right foot, making a show of giving him a tramazzone to the head; nonetheless you will strike him in the leg with a mandritto that goes under your arm. Then retiring your right foot to the rear you will strike his sword hand with a riverso, in such fashion that your head is well protected by your buckler. Then stepping forward with your right foot you will do a falso to end in guardia di faccia, and then immediately pretending to strike him with a mandritto, you will reach him with a riverso, passing forward with your left foot. Then you will retire your left foot to the rear, throwing a mandritto in that tempo that goes into guardia di faccia, and casting your right foot back next, you will make a turn of your hand, setting yourself into coda lunga alta; then, recovering your left foot near your left [n.b. original says “…piede manco appresso il sinestro”, i.e. “left foot near your left”— this should be “left foot near your right”], you will next pass forward with your right foot, extending a thrust to the face, followed by a fendente which does not go through guardia di faccia.
 
| Indi ritirando il piede manco appresso il destro, tu gli caccierai uno falso per insino in guardia di faccia, & seguentemente uarcan do con il piede destro innanzi, anderai con la spada in guardia alta, & di presente gli ferirai la testa di uno fen dente da duo tramazzoni per faccia seguitato, & il broc chero defendendo bene la testa, tu farai successiuamente uno montante in guardia alto tirando il piede destro appo’l manco. Quindi scorrendo innanzi con il piede destro gli tirerai di uno fendente per sino in guardia di faccia, similmente facendo con il sinistro, ma uerso le sue parti destre, gli tirerai uno tramazzone calante in cingiara porta di ferro, & di qui passerai con il piede destro facendo uista di dargli di uno tramazzone per testa, nondi meno lo ferirai nella gamba di uno mandritto, che uadi sotto braccio. Indi ritirando in dietro il piede destro gli ferirai la mano della spada con uno riuerso, in modo che la testa sia bene dal brocchero conseruata. Dapoi scorrendo innanzi con il destro farai uno falso per sino in guardia di faccia, & poi subito facendo sembiante di fe rirlo d’uno mandritto, tu lo giugnerai di uno riuerso passando innanzi con il piede manco. Poscia ritirerai al indietro il piede sinistro, tirandogli in cotale tempo di uno mandritto, che uadi per sino in guardia di faccia, et gittando successiuamente indietro il piede destro, farai una uolta di mano assettandoti in coda lunga alta, poi riducen do il piede manco appresso il sinistro, passerai seguentemente con il piede destro innanzi spignendo una punta nella faccia seguitata da uno fendente, che non tra'''[D4v]'''scorra guardia di faccia.
 
 
 
|-
 
| Then going immediately into guardia di testa you will throw a mandritto at him that goes under your arm, reducing your right foot near your left. Then, stepping forward with your left foot toward the enemy’s right side, you will throw a falso from low to high, to end in guardia di faccia; crossing subsequently forward with your right, you will go with your sword into guardia alta, throwing a fendente to his head, which will descend into porta di ferro stretta, so that your buckler is a good defender of your head. Afterwards, you will do a montante into guardia alta, retiring your right foot near your left and embellishing the play, as was said above.
 
| Indi subito andando in guardia di testa gli tirerai d’uno mandritto, che uadi sotto braccio riducendo il piede destro appo’l manco. Poi scorrendo in nanzi con il piede sinistro uerso le destre parti del nemico gli tirerai d’uno falso di sotto in su, per sino in guardia di faccia, seguentemente uarcando con il destro innanzi anderai con la spada in guardia alta tirandogli di uno fendente per testa, che cali in porta di ferro stretta, si che’l brocchero sia buono defensore della testa. Dapoi farai uno montante in guardia alta ritirando il piede destro ap po il manco, & abbellando il gioco, come sopra è detto.
 
 
 
|-
 
| Then, driving your right foot forward, you will throw a less than full mandritto over your arm, and that done, you will pass with your left foot toward his right side, turning your buckler over your hand, and going with your sword into cingiara porta di ferro, and immediately passing forward with your right foot, you will hit the enemy’s sword with a falso that goes into guardia alta, and immediately throwing a mandritto to the leg, that goes under your arm, you will make your buckler guard your head well, and then, casting your right foot back, you will strike his sword hand with a riverso, so that that falls into coda lunga larga [note that this guard is not described in the text—see [[Achilles Marozzo|Marozzo]], Cap. 143, for description and illustration]. Then, drawing your left foot near your right, you will pass forward with your right, and will extend a thrust to the face. Thereafter, passing with your left toward your right side, you will pretend to give him a riverso; nevertheless, you will pass with your right toward his left side, throwing a fendente to his face in such a way that your sword descends into porta di ferro larga, and the left foot follows behind the right.
 
| Indi guidando innanzi il piede destro, gli tirerai uno me no che finito mandritto per sopra’l braccio, & fatto que sto, passerai con il piede manco uerso le sue destre parti uol gendo il brocchero sopra la mano, & andando con la spa da in cingiara porta di ferro, & subito passando innanzi con il piede destro urterai di uno falso nella spada del ne mico, che uadi in guardia alta, & tirandogli subito di uno mandritto per gamba, che uadi sotto braccio, farai che’l brocchero guardi bene la testa, & quindi gittando in dietro il piede destro gli ferirai la mano della spada con uno riuerso, si che quella cali in coda lunga larga. Poi tirando il piede manco appo il destro, passerai con il destro innanzi gli spignerai una punta nella faccia. Dapoi passando con il manco uerso le tue destre parti, farai sembiante di dargli di uno riuerso, a tutta uia passerai con il destro uerso le sue manche parti tirandogli di uno fendente per faccia in guisa, che la spada cali in porta di ferro larga, el piede manco seguisca il destro '''[D5]''' per dietro.
 
 
 
|-
 
| Then withdrawing your left foot near your right [this action may describe a gathering step forward with the left, as the left foot is presumably already to the rear], you will do a falso gone to end in guardia di faccia, accompanying it with your buckler, then immediately stepping forward with your right foot, you will throw a riverso to the face that falls into coda lunga stretta, and you will make your buckler defend your head well. Then, passing forward with the left, you will stick a thrust into his face, and doing similarly with the right, you will redouble two tramazzoni to his head, of which the last falls into porta di ferro stretta, and subsequently you will do a montante into guardia alta, drawing your right foot near your left, and embellishing the play in the fashion already described above.
 
| Indi ritirando il sinistro appresso il dritto, farai uno falso per sino in guardia di faccia andante, accompagnandolo con il brocchero, poi subito scorrendo innanzi con il destro piede gli tirerai di uno riuerso per faccia che cali in coda lunga stretta, & farai chel broc chero defendi bene la testa. Indi passando innanzi con il manco gli spignerai nella faccia una punta & facen do con il destro il somigliante, gli radoppierai duo tramazzoni per testa, delliquali l’ultimo cali in porta di ferro stretta, & seguentemente farai uno montante in guardia alta tirando il piede dritto appo il manco, & abbellando il gioco nel modo gia sopra detto.
 
 
 
|-
 
| Then you will make a close to half sword, that is, you will pass forward with your right without moving your sword or buckler, and then you will step forward to large pace with your left foot, extending a thrust to him that goes in the gesture of a montante, to end in guardia di faccia.
 
| Quin di farai una stretta di mezza spada, cioè tu passerai con il destro innanzi senza mouer spada o brocchero, & poi tu scorrerai innanzi a grande passo con il manco piede spignendogli una punta, che uadi in atto di montante per sino in guardia di faccia.
 
 
 
|-
 
| Then, crossing forward with the right foot, you will pretend to strike him in the head with a mandritto, giving that to him across the legs instead; then you will make yourself be a little bit beneath your sword by going into guardia di faccia, and here you will protect yourself from the enemy’s blow. Then, stepping forward toward his right side with your left foot, you will throw a riverso at his right temple in such a way that your right foot follows behind your left, and your head is well cared for by your buckler. Then extending a stoccata into his face, you will lift yourself with a leap back, so that your sword remains in coda lunga alta.
 
| Indi uarcando con il destro innanzi farai sembiante di ferirgli la testa di uno mandritto, dandogli pur di quello a trauerso le gambe, poi ti farai picciolo sotto la tua spada, andando in guardia di faccia & iui ripareraiti dal nemico col po. Indi scorrendo con il piede manco uerso le sue diritte parti, gli tirerai di uno riuerso nella tempia destra, in guisa, chel piede destro seguiti il sinistro per di dietro, et che la testa dal brocchero sia bene custodita. Poscia spignendogli una stoccata nella faccia ti leuerai con uno salto al indietro, si, che la spada rimanghi in coda lunga alta.
 
 
 
|-
 
| Then, with your right foot come forward, you will do a montante that goes into guardia alta, and withdrawing your right foot near to your left, you will have furnished the play.
 
| Indi con il destro uenuto innanzi farai uno montante, che uadi in guardia alta, & ritiran'''[D5v]'''do il piede destro appo’l sinistro haurai fornito il gioco.
 
 
 
|-
 
| Wanting then to return with the victory to the place from whence you started in the beginning, going as usual with your back to the rear you will cast your right foot back, throwing a mandritto under your arm.
 
| Volendo poi con la uettoria ritornare al loco da cui in prima ti partisti, andando al usato con la schiena in dietro tu gitterai il piede destro in dietro tirando uno mandritto sotto braccio.
 
 
 
|-
 
| class="noline" | Then, similarly withdrawing your left foot in this second step you will do a montante towards your left side that goes into guardia alta, and you will promptly do another montante toward your right side, recoiling your right foot near your left, and then the same right to the rear, and you will throw a mandritto under your arm, and reducing your left even with your right, you will lead the sword to your chest and then over your buckler arm. Then crossing forward with your left you will do a molinetto outside your arm that falls into coda lunga stretta, and then you will replace your right foot at ease, so that its heel touches the point of the left foot, lifting your sword in this tempo into guardia alta with your buckler well extended toward the enemy.
 
| class="noline" | Poi similmente ritirando il manco in questo secondo passo farai uno montante uerso le tue manche parti, che uadi in guardia alta, & tosto fa rai uno altro montante uerso le tue destre parti raccoglien do il piede destro appo’l manco, & poi il medesimo destro in dietro, tirerai uno mandritto sotto braccio, & riducendo il sinistro a pari del dritto, menerai la spada per il tuo petto & poi sopra il braccio del brocchero. Indi uarcando innanzi con il manco farai uno molinetto per di fuori del braccio, si, che la spada cali in coda lunga stretta, & poi riporrai il piede destro in agio talmente chel suo calcagno tocchi la punta del piede manco, leuando in questo tempo la spada in guardia alta con il brocchero ben disteso uerso il nemico.
 
  
 
|}
 
|}
Line 1,009: Line 779:
  
 
{{master begin
 
{{master begin
  | title = Third Book (Sword and Buckler)
+
  | title = Second Book (Sword and Buckler)
  | width = 60em
+
  | width = 90em
 
}}
 
}}
[[file:Manciolino 5.jpg|center]]
 
 
{| class="master"
 
{| class="master"
 
|-  
 
|-  
 +
! <p>Illustrations</p>
 
! <p>{{rating|B}}<br/>by [[W. Jherek Swanger]]</p>
 
! <p>{{rating|B}}<br/>by [[W. Jherek Swanger]]</p>
 
! <p>Transcription<br/>by [[Steven Reich]]</p>
 
! <p>Transcription<br/>by [[Steven Reich]]</p>
  
|-
+
|-  
| '''THIRD BOOK.'''
+
| [[file:Manciolino 4.jpg|400x400px|center]]
[n.b. I have glossed over sections of the short introduction of this particular book, skipping straight to the swordplay]
+
| <p>'''Second Book.'''</p>
| '''[D6] LIBRO TERZO'''
 
'''A'''Ssai piu che li nostri schermitori assalti sono felici quelli nelle uergate carte, che li scarmigliati satiri alle uenatrici nim phe fanno. Percio, che cotali si dilicata alli scrittori paranno la materia, che da se le soaui parole si compongono sotto uno continouo & dolciato stilo, mentre le lanose membra de gli semicapri iddii, olle cornute loro fronti, o gli lasciui mouimenti, olli loro sempli ci & rusticani aguati componer si parecchiano, non scri uendo, ma depinte mostrando le affannate dee nel lungo corso, alcune leuantisi gli purpurei panni sopra il candido Ginocchio con le bionde ciocche de gli ricaduti capelli sopra le morbide spalle, ouero con quelli sparti & da soaue orizzamento uentilati, altre git '''[D6v]''' tatesi nelli chiarissimi & correnti fiumi, cosi istimando gli insidiatori delle loro uerginitati a Diana consegrate, fuggire, & alcune da grande lassezza uinte star dietro alle folte macchie nascose, tali nelli uisi quali le matutine rose nel apparir del sole ueggiamo souente & quelle per uitreati sudori giocciolanti ansiando con le sottili dita delle mani bianchissime render asciutti. Ma non essendo il soggetto a me di ueruna cotale leggiadria proposto, appo gli intendenti lettori meritarono perdono percio, …
 
  
|-
+
<p>[1] The ten famous guards and the offenses that can originate from them being sufficiently treated of in the above book, in this following one it appears to me that you would diligently wish for speech offering instruction in the sword and small buckler, in three masterful plays, or assaults; and as much as the students should be grateful, so should the body, legs, and hands gaily and freely render thanks; nor is it to be marveled at a bit, why I say "the legs", for one who will not take delight in stepping in tempo and in the way of which we will teach, and have taught, will never be able to report of grace nor victory from the play; indeed not, because of such ornament as are rich clothes to the charming and beautiful Nymphs that cavort on Mt. Menalo or in the Lyceum, such is the grace imparted to the blows of the glittering sword, to which, when deprived of laudable footsteps, such disgrace is brought, that it were as if serene night were widowed of the twinkling stars; and how can the candidate be victorious, where genteel grace is lacking? Accordingly neither will we reasonably hold one to have won if he triumphs through luck, and if a crude peasant has thrown unruly blows at him, neither will he have lost who has done his duty; it is a thing more praiseworthy, according to men of understanding, to lose graciously than to win through luck, devoid of any grace, as in vile disgrace sometimes fortunate luck does hold the place; thus always in overbearing grace does the longed for victory reside, because one concludes that the gracious man can never lose, although through misfortune he were struck.</p>
| …as it does not occur that "mandritti", "riversi", "falsi", "punti", and similar such words (which need to be understood in the art) can be changed into other names, as the signification of "to pass" does, which occurs to me continuously while writing with the pen, whence many times one comes to say that players “pass” with the left or the right foot, since one can say "pass", "cross", "glide", "guide", or "direct" the feet, and so where "right" [destro] is said, we will sometimes say "straight", or "strong", or "able", because man naturally has more strength in his right side than in his left, and equally sometimes "sinister", sometimes "left", or "weak", in order to avoid tedious regret, there being nothing more odious than the frequent repetition of the same word…
 
| …che non recando altro seco, che mandritti, riuersi, falsi, punte & simili uoci lequali (uogliendo essere nella ar te intenduto) non possono in altri nomi cangiarsi, come fara la significatione del passare, che di continuo nella scriuente penna mi corre, mentre cosi spesse fiate auiene dire, chel giocatore passi con il manco, o con il destro pie de, conciosiacosa che dir possi, passare, uarcare, ualicare, scorrere, scorgere, guidare, o condurre il piede, & doue dice destro, dicemo talhora in uece soa dritto, o forte, o ualido, perche ha l’huomo piu fortezza nelle destre parti, che nelle sinistre naturalmente, & parimente, quando sinistro, quando manco, o debole, per fuggir il tedioso rincrescimento, non essendo cosa piu odiosa che la frequen te repetitione di una medesima uoce,
 
  
|-
+
<p>But before we begin to speak of the proposition, we will teach how to come to the play, not only so that good players are made apt in attacking and defending, but moreover to give good form to their blows, interposed with smooth motions of their bodies.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| …per le quali cose, quan tunque mi sia palese che hauro fatica poter piacer con questo trarotto dire a quelli, le cui castigate orecchie non altro che gli dolci & dolenti canti di Filomena udir sogliono, nondimeno se hauranno polso d’huomo, deueno almeno legger questa opra per il prositto, che li ornati stili altroue non gli mancano.
+
{{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|48|lbl=19v|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/49|1|lbl=20r|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| Hence following my decision, I say that in this third book we will teach the art of playing at half sword. Often, in playing with your enemy, in such do you bring yourself to a strait, so that it behooves you to play at half sword, but not without the greatest wit and art. Accordingly, among all others this is held to be chief, and one who does not have perfect knowledge of and an ideal foundation in this cannot otherwise be a good master; and if nonetheless he happens to be a good player or defender of himself through being gifted with quickness of hand, and yet does not know how to teach others the true art, which consists of being most secure, it has already been said of these such [persons] that they are not to be called knowledgeable, but lucky, when yet they wound someone; and it must be made manifest that all of this third book will be divided not into chapters, but into offenses and their counters, and that it be understood that the play is with the sword and small buckler.
+
|  
| Seguitando adunque il '''[D7]''' mio instituto dico che in questo terzo libro insegnaremo l’arte di giocare a mezza spada. Imperòche souente giocando tu con il nemico, talmente ui conducete alle stret te, chel ui conuiene giocare a mezza spada, ma non sen za ingengo & arte grandissima. Però, che tra tutti gli altri questo tiene il prencipato, & colui, che di questo non haura perfetta noticia & ottimo il fondamento, per alcu na guisa non puote essere buono maestro, & se pur auie ne chel sia buono giocatore o defensore di lui medesimo per esser dotato dalla prestezza delle mani, non percio sa pra insegnar altrui la uera arte, laquale consiste in stare fortissimo, & gia è detto questi cotali non esser da chiamare scientiati, ma uenturosi, quando anchora alcuno fe rissono, & deue esser manifesto che tutto questo terzo libro sera diuiso non in Capitoli, ma nelle offensioni & lo ro contrari, si, chel gioco si intendi di spada & brocchero picciolo.
+
| <p>[2] '''The First Assault'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>Firstly, opposite your enemy, you will place yourself at one end of the hall or of some other spacious field, arranging your body over your legs, and your sword and buckler in your hands, in such a manner that each movement, each act, each gesture is full of grace. And wanting to come towards your enemy, you will pass diagonally toward your right side with your right foot, and in such passage you will give a blow with your false edge to the dome of your buckler, putting your sword into guardia alta, and your buckler must lie toward your face in the manner of a mirror, and passing forward thereafter with your left foot, you will touch your buckler again, arranging your sword into guardia di testa, the buckler falling along your left thigh, and then you will step forward with your right foot, lifting your sword into guardia alta, and then passing with your left foot you will do a montante followed by an over-arm mandritto.<ref>I.e. a mandritto that goes over your own left arm.</ref> Then you will go with your sword into guardia di testa, and stepping forward with your right foot you will touch the dome of your buckler with the false edge, and you will do a montante that rises into guardia alta, and after that you will embellish the play, which is done by sending forth first your right foot, then your left, and cutting the edge of your buckler with a fendente so that having done this the sword must fall and immediately re-ascend to the rear into guardia alta. And drawing your left foot near your right, you will subsequently retouch your buckler and then you will step forward with your left foot into large pace, replacing your sword into guardia di testa.</p>
| Finding yourself hence with your enemy at the close of half sword, and wanting to be the agent, it will behoove you to be quickest of hand, more so than in other play, because if you will be sluggish, you will always be the patient. Beyond this, it is to be known that in not other than two ways can you find yourself with your enemy in this play: either true edge to true edge, in such fashion that the points of your swords face each other's left shoulders; or false edge to false edge, so that your swords are directed with their points at each other's right shoulders; and accordingly certain blows in order to offend and defend are born from the one manner, and others from the other.
 
| '''R'''Itrouandoti adunque con il tuo nemico alle strette di mezza spada & uolendo tu essere agente ti conuiene essere prestissimo di mano piu che in altro gio co, perche se serai pigro, sempre serai il patiente, oltre a cio è da sapere che non piu, che in due guise ti puoi con il nemico trouare in questo gioco ouero a filo, a filo, in modo, che le spade, le uostre manche spalle con le pun te guardino, ouero falso con falso, si che le spade le uo stre destre spalle rimirino con le punte, & percio altri colpi per offender & difender da una maniera nascono, & altre dall’altra.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Then, passing forward similarly with your right, you will hit the dome with a falso, and do a montante into guardia alta, throwing your right foot alongside your left, so that the buckler guards your head well, and thus far to this point is contained the fashion whereby you must come to find your enemy. And do not forget, reader, such embellishment of play, because in more places in the present assault we will refer to it without redescribing it.</p>
| But taking first, that which can be done finding each other false edge with false edge, I say that:
 
| Ma pigliando principio da quello, che far si puote trouandoui falso con falso, dico, che.
 
  
|-
+
<p>But when you will be already near your enemy the blows will no more be committed to the wind. You will pass forward with your right foot into large pace, throwing a mandritto to his head that goes over-arm, and return a riverso making your sword fall into coda lunga stretta. Then you will make your buckler a good defender of your head, immediately returning a montante that goes into guardia alta, where it will behoove you to throw your right foot along your left. our right foot along your left.</p>
| Being in the aforesaid way with your enemy in such fashion that the false edges of the swords are in contact, and you with your right foot forward, you will make yourself agent if you turn your false edge across his left temple in a gesture of a tramazzone, and immediately for your defense you must retire back with the same strong (or right, as you care to say) foot, delivering a riverso to his right temple.
 
| '''[D7v]''' Essendo nella predetta guisa con il nemico in modo, che amenduo gli falsi delle spade si bascino, & tu con il piede destro innanzi, tu ti farai agente se del tuo falso gli uolgerai uno atto di tramazzone a trauerso la sua tempia manca, & subito per tuo riparo ti dei, fatto questo, ritirare in dietro con il medesimo piede forte, o destro che dir uuoi menandogli uno riuerso per la tempia dritta.
 
  
|-
+
<p>And then, passing with your right foot, you will throw a fendente that ends in guardia di faccia, and you will thereafter pass with your left foot toward your right side, in which tempo you will throw a tramazzone falling into cingiara porta di ferro. And you will oppose your buckler to your head. Then passing with your right foot into large pace, you will make a falso traversale to your enemy’s face, so that your sword subsequently rises into guardia alta, throwing an overarm mandritto to the head or face, and retiring your right foot near your left; and then you will pass again with your right foot into large pace, casting your sword fist high and throwing a mandritto to the face, which goes under-arm. Then redraw your right foot even with your left, making your buckler good.</p>
| The counter to this close will be for that one who wishes to defend himself, when the falso in the gesture of a tramazzone is turned at you in the aforesaid fashion, immediately stepping forward with your weak, or left, foot (as it pleases you to say) toward his right side, you will give him a riverso returned from low to high into his right temple.
 
| Il contrario di questa stretta sera per colui, che si uor ra difender, che mentre ti fia uoltato il falso in atto di tra mazzone al modo predetto, tu subito scorrendo innanzi con il piede debole o manco, che dir ti piaccia, uerso le sue diritte parti, gli darai di uno riuerso di sotto in su nella destra tempia riuolto.
 
  
|-
+
<p>And then, stepping forward similarly with your right you will do a falso that ends in guardia di faccia, followed by two tramazzoni, so that the last will have its finish in porta di ferro stretta.</p>
| And if you don’t succeed in offending him in the aforesaid fashion, being thus at the half sword you will give him your right foot in the belly, and then immediately retiring that same foot to the rear, you will give him in that tempo a fendente atop his head.
 
| Et se non ti uenisse fatto di offenderlo al modo predetto, tu cosi stando a mezza spada gli darai con il destro piede nel uentre, & quel medesimo piede subito ritornando in dietro, gli darai in quel tempo di uno fendente in su la testa.
 
  
|-
+
<p>And from here, throwing your right foot to the left, you will do a montante into guardia alta, and thus done, embellish the play as has been instructed above.</p>
| The counter to the offense is, that when he wants to give you the shoe, you will immediately strike him in the shin of the offending leg with your buckler, because his plan will not [therefore] come to fruition.
 
| Il contrario di questa offesa è, che mentr’egli ti uorra dar del calzo, tu subito del brocchero gli percoterai il schinco della offendente gamba, perche non gli uerra fatto il suo disegno.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Then passing forward with your right, you will throw an over-arm mandritto, and the right foot near the left.</p>
| The third way of offending will be that finding yourself with your left forward you will cross toward his left side with your right foot, pretending to strike him in the head with a mandritto; nonetheless in that pretense you will let your sword fall to the ground behind you, and immediately crossing toward his right side with your left foot, you will stick your head under his right armpit and your hand inside the thigh of his leg, and lifting him from the ground you will make him fall behind your shoulders.
 
| Terzo modo di offender sera, che ritrouandoti con il sinistro innanzi tu uarcherai uerso le sue manche parti con il destro piede facendo sembiante di ferirlo di uno mandritto per testa, nondimeno in cotal uista lascerai per di dietro caderti la spada in terra, et subito uarcando con il piede manco uerso le sue destre parti, gli caccierai la tua testa sotto la sua destra lasena et la mano diritta dentro '''[D8]''' delle sue coscie delle gambe & solleuandolo da terra lo farai cader al indietro delle tue spalle.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Then you will return forward with the same right, making two riversi, one to the face, and the other to the thigh, and letting go an overhand stoccata that goes over-arm, you will withdraw your right foot near your left.</p>
| The counter of the previous close and offense is that when he pretends to give you the mandritto, you will not make any response to that pretense. But as he drops his sword in order to put his head under your armpit, retiring your right foot into large pace, you will give him a riverso to the neck.
 
| Il contrario della prenomata stretta et offensione, è, che mentr’egli fara il sembiante di darti del mandritto, tu non farai ueruna riposta a cotal sembiante. Ma com’egli si lascera cader la spada per porre la testa sotta la tua lasena tu ritirando a grande passo il tuo piede destro, gli darai nel collo di uno riuerso.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Then you will step with your left foot, extending a punta riversa into your enemy’s face.</p>
| The fourth fashion of offending will be that having your right foot forward, you will make a show of striking his left temple with a mandritto, but in that show you will let your sword turn in the manner of a molinetto, and immediately stepping with your left foot toward his right side, you will give him a riverso in his right temple.
 
| Quarta modo di offender sera che hauendo il piede destro innanzi, tu farai uista di ferirgli la tempia sinistra di uno mandritto, ma in cotal uista lascerai uoltar la spada in guisa di uno molinetto, et subito passando con il piede manco uerso le sue diritte parti, gli darai di uno riuerso nella sua destra tempia.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Then with your right foot forward in large pace you will throw a riverso from low to high, and you will immediately turn a falso to the left temple, and thrust thereafter a riverso stuck in the right side of the face.</p>
| The counter to this is that when he makes the show of the mandritto, you will close your sword hand together with that of your buckler, and in the step that he takes of his left foot in order to give you a riverso, you will immediately cast your left leg behind your right, and deliver a mezzo mandritto to his left temple in the manner of guardia di faccia, doing which, his riverso cannot offend you.
 
| Il contrario di questa sia, che com’egli fara uista del mandritto, tu serrerai la mano della spada con quella del brocchero insieme, et nel passamento, ch’egli fara del piede manco per darti di uno riuerso, tu subito tirerai la gamba manca dietro alla destra & gli menerai di uno mezzo mandritto nella sua manca tempia in guisa di guardia di faccia, il che facendo, il suo riuerso non ti potra offendere.
 
  
|-
+
<p>And you will immediately cast your right foot in large pace behind your left, and you will throw a mandritto to end in guardia di faccia. Then you will make a half turn of your hand so that your sword lies in coda lunga alta, making your buckler a good defender of your head.</p>
| The fifth way of offending will be, that having the aforesaid right foot forward you will point your sword hand up from beneath on the inside of his sword hand, knocking that down enough that you can stick your false edge into his neck.
 
| Quinto modo di offender sera, che hauendo il predetto destro piede innanzi, tu ponerai la tua mano della spada di sotto in su per dentro della sua mano della spada quella calcando nel in giu in tanto, che gli possi cacciare il fal so nel collo.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Then you will draw your left foot near your right, and pass forward thereafter with your right, extending a thrust to his face, followed by a riverso to the thigh, and this done, your sword must fall into coda lunga stretta. Then you will pass forward with the left foot, extending a thrust to the face, and crossing forward afterwards with your right foot, you will therewith turn a tramazzone to the head that falls into porta di ferro stretta, defending your head well with your buckler; afterwards you will do a montante, reducing your sword into guardia alta and throwing your right foot alongside your left, and here you will embellish the play in the already described fashion.</p>
| The counter to this offense is that when the enemy wants to place his hand in the described fashion, you will push his sword arm toward his left side with your hand and thereby he will not achieve his intent.
 
| Il contrario di cotale offesa è, che men tre il nemico uorra poner la mano nel mostrato modo, tu con la tua mano spignerai il suo braccio della spada uer so le sue sinistre parti, et cosi non haura il suo intento.
 
  
|-
+
<p>And then you will throw an over-arm mandritto with your right foot forward, and having done the blow, you will retire it even with your left.</p>
| The sixth way is, that finding yourself again with your right foot forward, you can cross toward his right side with your left foot, giving him your buckler hand to the outside of his sword hand, and subsequently a riverso to his neck or head.
 
| '''[D8v]''' La sesta guisa è, che ritrouandoti pur con il detto pie de innanzi, tu puoi uarcare con il piede manco uerso le sue destre parti dandogli della tua mano del brocchero di fuori della mano della sua spada, & seguentemente di uno riuerso nel collo, ouero nella testa.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Then you will pass forward with the same right, throwing a stoccata riversa to the face, and immediately stepping toward his right side with your left foot, you will turn a tramazzone to the face, and then crossing forward with your right foot, you will turn another tramazzone, also to the face, and thereafter a thrust, accompanied with your buckler into guardia di faccia.</p>
| The counter to this sixth fashion is, that while he directs his left foot forward in order to give you his buckler hand, you will immediately give him the edge of your buckler to his approaching arm.
 
| Il contrario di questo sesto modo è, che mentre egli guidera il piede manco innanzi per darti della mano del brocchero, tu subito gli darai del orlo del tuo brocchero nel uegnente braccio.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Then you will turn the third tramazzone to the head, which falls into porta di ferro stretta, and you will do a montante into guardia alta, drawing your right foot near your left, and (here as above) you will embellish the play. Which done, you will make a close to the half sword, that is, you will step forward with your right foot into large pace, throwing a mandritto below your arm, and then reducing your right foot even with your left, and thereafter you will return to large pace with the right foot forward, making a traversed falso to finish in guardia di faccia.</p>
| The seventh trap, also with the right foot forward, is that you can cross into large pace with your left foot toward his right side throwing a riverso at him from low to high, and then immediately passing toward his left side with your right foot, you will give him a mandritto in the manner of a fendente, making your left leg follow behind your right.
 
| Il settimo aguato pur con il detto piede innanzi, è, che tu puoi ualicare a grande passo con il piede manco uerso le sue destre parti tirandogli di uno riuerso di sotto in su, & dopoi subito passando con il tuo piede destro uerso le sue sinistre parti, tu gli darai di uno mandritto a guisa di fendente, facendo che la tua gamba man ca seguiti la destra per di dietro.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Then passing similarly with your left, you will make a half turn of your fist followed by a thrust, which you must thrust into the face, and then you will cross toward his left side with your right foot, therewith pretending to give him a mandritto to his left side, in which tempo your right leg must return to the rear, extending a riverso to the right temple and then similarly retiring the left you will strike the enemy with a mezzo mandritto which goes into guardia di faccia.</p>
| The counter of this seventh fashion is that while he steps forward with his left foot in order to strike you with the aforesaid riverso, you will go into guardia di faccia with your buckler under your sword hand so that your hand is touched and covered by your buckler, and as he turns the mandritto in the manner of a fendente, immediately casting your right foot back you will give him a mezzo mandritto to his sword hand.
 
| Il contrario di questo settimo modo è, che mentr’egli scorrera con il sinistro piede innanzi per ferirti del an tidetto riuerso, tu anderai in guardia di faccia con il broc chero sotto la mano della spada, si, che la mano sia toc ca & coperta dal brocchero, & com’egli uolgera il man dritto a modo di fendente, tu subito gittando il piede destro in dietro gli darai di uno mezzo mandritto per la sua mano della spada.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Following which, you will put your right foot alongside your left, settling yourself into guardia alta, from whence you will render the play beautiful as is described above.</p>
| The eighth manner is, that having your left foot forward, you will step toward his left side with your right foot, throwing your sword back beneath his and in that same tempo you will put your buckler under his sword hand, striking him with your false edge in the left side of his neck. Then letting your left leg go behind your right you will arrange yourself with your sword in guardia di faccia, and then retiring to the rear with your right foot you will strike him in the temple with an extended riverso.
 
| La ottaua maniera è, che hauendo il sinistro piede innanzi, tu scorrerai con il destro uerso le sue sinistre par ti, tirando in dietro la tua spada per sotto la sua, & in quello medesimo tempo ponerai il tuo brocchero sotto la sua mano della spada ferendolo con il falso nel lato '''[E1]''' manco del collo. Poi lasciando andar la gamba manca per di dietro alla destra ti agierai con la spada in guardia di faccia, & poscia ritirando in dietro il piede destro gli ferirai la tempia di uno riuerso spinto.
 
  
|-
+
<p>And having thus furnished the play, you will make a withdrawal back no less beautiful than the coming to play which was done in the first part of the present assault, which you will do by returning your right foot to the rear in such a way that it goes behind the left, and in that tempo you will throw an under-arm mandritto; then similarly returning your left to the rear you will execute a montante from your left side so that your sword rises into guardia alta, then you will execute another montante, from your right side, returning your sword into guardia alta and drawing your right foot likewise near your left.</p>
| The counter to the previous is that when the enemy throws his sword back under yours, presently withdrawing your right foot back, you will assume guardia di faccia.
 
| Il contrario della prenomata è, che quando il nemico tirera la spada in dietro per sotto la tua, tu di presente ritirando in dietro il tuo destro piede, ti agierai in guardia di faccia.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Then you will throw an under-arm mandritto, retiring back with your right foot, and then you will make a half turn of your body toward your right side, and in this turning your sword must go out from under your arm, turning it once about the upper part of your head so that the sword will lie in the guardia di Alicorno,<ref>Unicorn.</ref> that is, with the fist high and the point aimed at the ground. Then you will cast your left foot back into large pace, extending a thrust from low to high, risen into guardia alta, and drawing your right foot even with your left, and thus will you be returned whence you began.</p>
| The ninth fashion, which will also be with the left foot forward, is that you can step forward with your right foot pretending to strike the enemy in the head with a mandritto, and in this pretense you will execute the Perugian Maneuver, that is, casting your sword and buckler away from yourself you will take him in both your arms, and having him thus strongly pressed, without detaching yourself, you will fall to a seated position and immediately you will give him your evenly raised feet heavily in his belly, and falling because of this impact, he will be found cast behind your shoulders.
+
|
| Nono modo di offendere sera pur con il sinistro innan zi è, che tu puoi scorrere con il piede destro innanzi facen do sembiante di ferir il nemico nella testa di uno mandritto, et in questo sembiante farai lo atto Perugino, cioè tu gittando uia da te la spada e’l brocchero lo piglierai in amendue le sue braccia, & hauendolo cosi fortemente preso senza staccarti ti lascerai cader sedente, & subito delli leuati piedi a pari gli darai grauemente nel uentre, per laquale percossura tomando si trouera dietro alli tuoi homeri gittato.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/49|2|lbl=-|p=1}} {{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|50|lbl=20v|p=1}} {{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|51|lbl=21r|p=1}} {{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|52|lbl=21v|p=1}} {{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|53|lbl=22r|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/54|1|lbl=22v|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| The counter to this aforesaid offense is that while he crosses with his right foot in order to feint a mandritto, being alert, you will have your eyes on his hands owing to the presa, and when you see him drop his sword and buckler, immediately retiring your right foot to the rear, you will strike him in the head with a riverso.
+
|  
| Il contrario della predetta offesa è, che mentr’egli uar chera con il piede destro per fare il sembiante del mandritto, tu stando accorto gli haurai ben l’occhio alle mani per cagione della presa, & quando gli uedrai cader la spada e’l brocchero, tu subito ritirando il piede destro al indietro gli ferirai la testa di uno riuerso.
+
| <p>[3] '''The Second Assault'''
  
|-
+
<p>It must already be plain to the reader of the previously described first assault, that each of them is divided into three parts.</p>
| The tenth fashion of offending, with the left foot forward, will be that you can pass toward his right side with your right foot, striking his sword with a winning mandritto, and then crossing toward that same right side with your left foot you will give him a riverso in the neck, making your right foot follow your left.
 
| Il decimo modo di offendere con il manco innanzi sera, che tu puoi passare con il piede destro uerso le sue destre parti percotendo la sua spada di uno ualente mandrit to, & poi uarcando uerso le medesime diritte parti con il piede manco gli darai di uno riuerso nel collo, facendo '''[E1v]''' chel piede destro seguiti il manco.
 
  
|-
+
<p>The first has the fashion of coming to the play. The second, of the playing. The third, of returning from the play; and as the second has the offensive blows, thus do the first and the third have the fanciful and the playful.</p>
| The counter will be that when he directs his right foot as said above in order to give you a mandritto to your sword, you will hit him/it with your sword, expecting that, but as he passes to give you the riverso, in that tempo you will turn a mezzo mandritto to his face.
 
| Il contrario sera, che quando egli guidera il piede for te come è detto sopra per darti del mandritto nella spada, tu lo urterai con la tua spada aspettante quello, ma co m’egli passera per ferirti del riuerso, tu in quel tempo gli uolgerai per faccia uno mezzo mandritto.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Beginning, therefore, the second assault at its first part, which is going to the play, I say that similarly you will settle yourself in one corner of the room as you did in your previous graceful arrangement, and you will cross toward your right side with your right foot, striking the dome of your buckler with the false edge, and raising your sword into guardia alta, so that your buckler is turned toward your face in the manner of a mirror, and thence you will pass forward with your left foot into large pace, making a great leap toward your enemy, in which tempo your sword must make a tramazzone into porta di ferro stretta, and thus you will abide with your feet even.</p>
| The eleventh fashion of offending is that finding yourself also with the left foot forward, you will cross with your right foot toward his left side and in this passing you will make a sign of striking him with a mandritto, but you will hit his thigh with a lovely riverso, and you will remain uncovered in your upper parts in order to provoke your enemy to attack those, but as he does as you wished, gliding your sword into guardia di testa you will protect yourself there, and then with your buckler hand you will take his sword to the inside of yours, giving him a fendente to the head or a thrust to the face.
 
| Il modo undecimo di offendere è, che trouandoti pur con il debole piede innanzi, tu ualicherai con il piede for te uerso le sue manche parti & in questo passare farai cenno di ferirlo di uno mandritto, ma percio gli percoterai la coscia di uno bello riuerso, & rimarrai scoperto dal le parti di sopra per incitar il nemico ad offendere quelle, ma come egli far lo uolesse, tu scorrendo con la spada in guardia di testa iui ti schiferai, & poi con la mano del brocchero gli prenderai la spada per il dentro della tua dandogli di uno fendente per testa, ouero di una punta nel uolto.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Then you will immediately cross forward with your right foot into large pace, making a montante into guardia alta, and here you will embellish the play, not in the fashion in which you did in the first assault, for each of these three assaults has separated its embellishment, which it pleases us to name thus, and for the entirety of the play in which it is found, from the beginning, it is licit to speak of again.</p>
| The counter to this will be that right as he is past pretending to do a mandritto, you will not make any move against that, but as he wishes to strike you in the thigh with a riverso, you will turn the point of your sword toward the ground, thereby protecting yourself from that, and throwing a fendente to his head in response.
 
| Il contrario di questa sera, che subito ch’egli sera scor so per far la uista del mandritto, tu per quella non farai al cuna mossa, ma come uorra ferirti del riuerso per coscia, tu uolgerai la spada con la punta uerso terra cosi riparandoti da quello, et tirandogli in risposta di uno fendente per testa.
 
  
|-
+
<p>The embellishing of this second assault will be, accordingly, that cutting with a fendente to the edge of your buckler which falls into cingiara porta di ferro, and throwing the right foot to the rear in the same tempo, you will retreat with your left foot behind your right, and therewith you will strike the dome of your buckler. Then you will do a montante that ends in guardia alta, drawing your right foot even with your left.</p>
| The twelfth way of offending will be, that finding yourself with your right foot forward, you can throw a mandritto to his head, and if he is a good player he will hit that, so that immediately making a sign with your bent fist of giving him a riverso, despite that you will reach him with the same mandritto.
 
| La duodecima guisa di offender sera, che trouandoti con il piede destro innanzi, Tu puoi tirargli di uno mandritto per testa, & egli sel sera buono giucatore urtera quello, perche subito tu facendo con la piegante testa cenno di dargli di riuerso, per tutto cio lo giugnerai del medesimo mandritto.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Then, wanting at last to assault your enemy, you will lead your left foot forward into large pace, throwing a thrust in the gesture of a montante, which goes to end in the face of the enemy, and immediately passing forward with the right foot again into large pace, you will throw a penetrating riverso to the face, redoubling two tramazzoni to the head, so that the last falls into porta di ferro stretta, and you will immediately do a montante into guardia alta, drawing your right foot near your left, and then passing forward with your right foot you will throw an over-arm mandritto, recoiling similarly your right foot near your left.</p>
| The counter to this is, that as he wishes to offend your head with the mandritto, you will throw a riverso from low to high that goes into guardia di testa, protecting yourself from his mandritto. Then with your buckler hand you will immediately smack down his sword hand, striking him in the upper body, or wherever appears best to you, with a riverso.
 
| Il contrario di questa sia, che come egli uorra offen'''[E2]'''derti la testa con il mandritto, tu gli tirerai uno riuerso di sotto in su, che uadi in guardia di testa schifandoti dal suo mandritto. Indi subito con la tua mano del brocchero la sua della spada in giu calcherai ferendogli le parti di so pra, oue meglio ti parra di uno riuerso.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Then stepping forward with your left, you will do a mezzo riverso to end in guardia di faccia. And pretending to do another riverso, you will carry your right foot forward, giving him moreover a show as if to strike him in the head with a mandritto, and during this show, crossing with your left foot you will stick him in the face with a thrust in the gesture of a montante.</p>
| The thirteenth way would be that finding yourself again with your right foot forward, you will pretend to give him a mandritto to the head, but nonetheless you will throw a riverso in the gesture of a drilled thrust.
 
| Il terzodecimo modo sarebbe, che trouandoti pur con il piede dritto innanzi, tu farai uista di dargli di uno man dritto per testa nondimeno tirerai di uno riuerso in atto di una punta triuellata.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Then, with the right foot forward, you will throw a riverso from low to high, and a mandritto going over your arm, and thereafter casting your right foot behind your left you will deliver a riverso to his sword hand, so that your buckler is a good defender of your head, and that your sword is taken into coda lunga [alta]. Then with your left foot forward you will settle yourself with your sword in guardia di testa, and then passing with your right foot toward his left side, you will throw a fendente to his head, in which tempo your left leg must follow behind your right.</p>
| The counter is, that when he does the aforesaid pretense, despite that you will make no motion, but in his throwing of a riverso you will recoil your right foot back, and your sword into guardia di faccia.
 
| Il suo contrario è, che egli fara la predetta uista, tu per allhora non farai mossa, ma nel tirare del riuerso tu raccoglierai il piede destro al in dietro, & la spada in guardia di faccia.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Then you will recover your sword into porta di ferro stretta, going thereafter into guardia di faccia, and from here you will guide your left forward toward his left side, so that your right leg follows behind your left, and having done this you will throw a riverso to his face.</p>
| The fourteenth way is that having the same right foot forward, you will pass forward with your left and make a half-turn of your fist with the sword, sticking him in that same turning with a thrust to the face.
 
| La quartadecima guisa è, che hauendo il medesimo pie de destro innanzi, Tu passerai auanti con il manco, & fa rai con la spada una mezza uolta di pugno spignendogli nel medesimo uoltamento una punta nella faccia.
 
  
|-
+
Then you will extend a stoccata, lifting yourself gracefully with a hop backwards, and passing forward from here with your right you will do a montante into guardia alta, and will draw your right foot behind your left, which, having done, you will then embellish the play in the fashion described a little above.</p>
| The counter to this is that in the passing that he makes with his left foot, diverting your right foot promptly to the rear, you will arrange yourself in coda lunga alta.
 
| Il contrario di questa è, che nel passare chel fara con il debole piede, tu stornando tosto il forte al indietro, ti agierai in coda lunga alta.
 
  
|-
+
<p>And resuming the play with your right foot forward you will throw a fendente to end in guardia di faccia, recoiling your right foot even with your left, and then with your left forward you will throw a tramazzone to the head, and placing your right forward thereafter, you will make a show of turning another tramazzone, but you will strike his leg opposite you with a mandritto instead, so that your sword goes under your arm, and your buckler to the defense of your head. Then you will throw a riverso from low to high to your enemy’s hand, hopping gaily back so that after finishing the leap you will find yourself with even feet in coda lunga alta.</p>
| The fifteenth offense is that being with the aforesaid foot forward you will pretend to strike him in the head with a mandritto, and the enemy, taking fear, will want to protect himself from that, and you will give him a riverso to the thigh, settling yourself into guardia di faccia.
 
| La quintadecima offesa è, che essendo con il predetto piede innanzi, tu farai sembiante di ferirgli la testa di uno mandritto, & mentre il nemico per timore uorra da quel la schifarsi, tu gli darai di uno riuerso per coscia assetten doti in guardia di faccia.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Then crossing forward with your right you will do a montante into guardia alta. Then throwing a tramazzone into porta di ferro larga, entirely uncovered, you will remain alert, so that if perchance your enemy wants to strike you in the head, immediately casting your left foot forward and letting your sword go into coda lunga [alta] you will take the said blow with your buckler, and you will respond to him with a falso across his left temple in such a way that your sword goes under your arm.</p>
| Its counter will be that during the pretense shown by your enemy, you will not make a motion, but when he wants to hit you in the thigh with a riverso, recoiling your right leg to the rear you will give him a riverso of your own to his sword arm.
 
| Il suo contrario sera, che nella uista dal nemico mostrata non farai mossa, ma quando uorra percoterti la coscia con uno riuerso, tu raccogliendo il piede destro indietro gli darai di uno tuo riuerso nel braccio della spada.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Casting thereafter your left foot behind your right you will throw a riverso to his face, falling into coda lunga so that your head is well guarded by your buckler. Then, with your right foot retired to the rear, you will extend a thrust to his face, and then returning forward with the same right foot you will redouble two tramazzoni upon each other, of which the last falls into porta di ferro stretta, following with a montante into guardia alta, and here for the third time you will embellish the play in the aforesaid fashion.</p>
| The sixteenth offensive method, also with the right foot forward, is that you can indicate to give him a riverso to the head, reaching him despite this with a mandritto to the flank, and arranging yourself in guardia di faccia.
 
| '''[E2v]''' La .xvi. guisa offensiua, pur con il destro innanzi è, che tu puoi cennare di dargli di uno riuerso per testa, giugnen dolo per tutto cio di uno mandritto per fianco, & agiandoti in guardia di faccia.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Crossing forward with your right next, you will cut a tramazzone fallen into porta di ferro larga. And you will cause your apposed buckler to guard your head well. Then drawing your left foot near your right you will do a falso from low to high going into guardia di faccia. And casting your right foot immediately forward, you will throw a mandritto traversale to the face so that your sword falls into porta di ferro.<ref>Not specified.</ref></p>
| Its counter is that in the sign of the riverso that the enemy will make, you will throw your right foot back, and when he deems to strike you in the flank with a mandritto, you will ruin his sword hand with a mezzo mandritto accompanied by your buckler.
 
| Il suo contrario sia, che nel cenno che fara il nemico del riuerso, tu tirerai in dietro il piede destro, & quando egli stimera ferirti del mandritto nel fianco, tu gli guasterai la mano della spada di uno mezzo mandritto dal broc chero accompagnato.
 
  
|-
+
<p>You will then go into guardia di testa with your sword, and will throw a mandritto to his leg, going under your arm, and immediately recoiling your right foot to the rear, you will throw a riverso to his sword hand in such fashion that it falls into coda lunga, and stepping forward from here with your right, you will extend a thrust to his face, and as he raises his sword to block that, you will immediately place your buckler under that, and in that tempo you will pass toward his right side with your left foot, giving him a mandritto to the leg, and making your right foot then immediately follow behind your left, and thereafter retiring your left behind your right into large pace, you will make a half turn of your hand, so that your sword is finally reposed into coda lunga stretta.</p>
| The seventeenth manner is that finding yourself still with the right foot forward, you will put your buckler under your enemy's sword and simultaneously crossing toward his right side with your left foot you will give him a mandritto across his right thigh so that your right foot follows your left.
 
| La .xvij. maniera è, che trouandoti pur con il destro piede innanzi, tu ponerai il brocchero sotto la spada del nemico, & insiememente ualicando con il manco piede uer so le sue diritte parti gli darai di uno mandritto a trauer so la coscia destra, si che’l piede forte seguiti il debole.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Then you will extend a thrust to the face without moving your feet, and immediately after having done this, you will step toward his right side with your left foot, throwing a riverso to his right temple so that thereafter your right foot follows behind your left, and that your buckler is a good guardian of your head. Then you will extend a stoccata into your enemy's face, lifting yourself to the rear with an easy leap, causing your sword to be reduced into coda lunga alta.</p>
| The counter is that when he wants to put his buckler under your sword, promptly retiring your right foot back you will give him a mandritto to his sword hand, accompanied by your buckler.
+
|  
| Il contrario è, che quando egli uorra sottoponer il suo brocchero alla tua spada, tu di presente ritirando il piede dritto al indietro gli darai di uno mandritto nella mano della spada dal brocchero accompagnata.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/54|2|lbl=-|p=1}} {{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|55|lbl=23r|p=1}} {{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|56|lbl=23v|p=1}} {{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|57|lbl=24r|p=1}} {{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|58|lbl=24v|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/59|1|lbl=25r|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| Having already written of that which one can do at the strait of the half sword when false edge to false edge, the second manner thereof follows, that is, if the swords are to be found to be [true] edge to [true] edge, adding what can be done for and against, observing the proposed order, for as has already been said above, there are no other ways of attacking at the half sword other than these two.
+
|  
| '''H'''Auendo gia scritto quello che far si puote nelle strette a mezza spada falso con falso, ci auanza la seconda maniera, cioè se le spade filo con filo si trouasso no soggiungere quello che si potesse fare pro et contra ser uando il preposto ordine, che gia è detto di sopra non esser altri modi di ferire a mezza spada se non questi duo.
+
| <p>[4] Passing forward then with your right foot, you will extend another thrust to the face. Pretending to strike him in the head with a mandritto, nonetheless you will strike him across the right temple with a riverso, dropping your sword into coda lunga.</p>
  
|-
+
<p>Then you will throw a falso traversale to the sword hand, that goes over-arm, and raising the sword hand into the air, you will throw a mandritto to the face going under-arm. Then immediately drawing your right foot back you will strike his sword hand with a riverso.</p>
| Therefore, the swords being true edge to true edge, and you wanting to be the agent and initiator, when you are with your right foot forward, crossing toward his right side with your left foot, you will give him a riverso to his right temple, making your right foot follow behind your left.
 
| Essendo adunque le spade a filo dritto con filo dritto, & uolendo tu esser l’agente et principiatore, mentre eri con il destro piede innanzi, tu scorrendo con il manco uerso le sue destre parti gli darai di uno riuerso nella tem'''[E3]'''pia destra spinto facendo che’l destro piede il manco per di dietro seguiti.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Then stepping forward with the right foot you will extend a thrust to the face, and pretending to throw a riverso to the face, you will give him a mandritto across the left temple, reducing your sword into porta di ferro stretta, where you will shield your head well with your buckler. Then withdrawing your right foot back you will make a half turn of your fist, recovering your sword into coda lunga stretta, and here cutting the enemy's hand with a mezzo mandritto falling into cingiara porta di ferro without moving your feet, thereafter you will step forward with your right foot and will extend a thrust to the face, redoubling two tramazzoni to the head, and making your buckler good, and then you will do a montante into guardia alta, retiring your right foot even with your left. Having furnished such, you will embellish the play in the fashion already described above thrice.</p>
| The counter to this first way will be that when he crosses to give you the riverso you will turn a mezzo mandritto to his head, which will rise to end in guardia di faccia.
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/59|2|lbl=-}}
| Il contrario di questa prima guisa sera, che mentr’egli uarchera per darti del riuerso, tu gli uolgerai uno mezzo mandritto per testa che salisca per sino in quardia di fac cia.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| The second fashion of attacking will be that still having your right foot forward, you will cross toward his right side with your left foot, giving him a riverso from beneath to above, to his sword arm, and then you will immediately withdraw your left foot back, giving him in that same tempo a mandritto to the face.
+
|  
| Secondo modo di offender sera, che essendo pur con il destro innanzi, tu uarcherai con il manco uerso le sue diritte parti dandogli di uno riuerso di sotto in su, per il suo braccio della spada, & subito il manco piede in dietro ritirerai dandogli in quel medesimo tempo di uno mandrit to per il uolto.
+
| <p>[] Then making a close to the half sword, which is done by throwing a tramazzone that falls into porta di ferro larga, you will immediately advance your left foot forward, extending a thrust to the right side of the face, and as he raises in order to protect himself from the said thrust, taking his sword to the inside with your left hand, you will throw a mandritto to his head or wherever it seems better to you, and thus you will have satisfactorily furnished the play.</p>
  
|-
+
<p>But wanting, as is custom, to return gracefully from the play, going with your back to the rear, in such going you will cast your right foot back, throwing a mandritto under-arm. Then similarly retiring your left foot to the rear, you will execute a montante from your left side, and another from your right, in which your sword goes into guardia alta. Then casting your right foot back another time you will throw a mandritto underarm. Then leaning your weight over your fixed feet toward your right side you will throw a riverso so that your sword is turned overhead, lowering that into guardia di Alicorno, which has been described above. Subsequently, casting your left foot back, you will extend a thrust that goes into guardia alta, drawing your right foot near your left, and thus you will be returned to the first place from whence you began to come to the play.</p>
| The counter to this is that when he steps to give you the riverso, putting your buckler low you will be shielded, but when he withdraws his left foot in order to strike you with the mandritto, you will reach his right temple with a riverso traversale.
+
|
| Il contrario di questo è, che quando egli passera per darti del riuerso, tu ponendo sotto il brocchero serai scher mito, ma mentre ritirera in dietro il manco per ferirti del mandritto, gli giugnerai la tempia dritta d’uno riuerso trauersale.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/59|3|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/60|1|lbl=25v|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| The third fashion is that, still having your right foot forward as in any of the above attacks, which we will not repeat in order to avoid tedium, you will turn a riverso to his right temple, and if the enemy protects himself from that, you will, with the hilt (or guard as you wish to say) of your sword hit that [i.e. the sword] of your enemy on the outside giving him a fendente to the head.
+
|  
| Il terzo modo è, che hauendo pur il destro innanzi si come in qualunque delle sottoposte offese. Ilche piu non ri plicheremo per fuggir il tedio, tu gli uolgerai d’uno riuerso nella sua destra tempia, & se’l nemico da questo si riparra, tu subito con lo elzo o guardia che dir uuoi della tua spada in quella del nemico dalle parti di fuori urterai dandogli di uno fendente per testa.
+
| <p>[5] '''The Third Assault'''
  
|-
+
<p>Not otherwise than was described above in the two previously discussed assaults, finding yourself with every genteel manner at one end of the fencing hall, and wanting to assault your enemy, you will pass diagonally with your right foot toward your right side, executing a molinetto, that is, a circling turn of the sword outside the arm, and then similarly passing with the left foot you will do a riverso from low to high that goes over your arm. Then stepping forward with your right you will throw two riversi so that at the end of the last one your sword will lie in guardia alta. Then you will step forward with your left, retouching your buckler, and reducing your sword into guardia di testa. Then similarly crossing forward with your right you will do a montante in the gesture of a thrust, that is resolved into guardia alta, and in this tempo done thus, you will withdraw your right foot near your left, and having done such, you will embellish the play, not as in the two previous fashions, as it is already plain that each assault has a separate embellishment, and this one is thus: that you will cut the edge of your buckler, throwing your right foot back in this tempo, and making your sword successively fall and rise into guardia alta, whence you will make another molinetto to the inside of the head with your wrist, that is, a revolution in the manner of a circled turn, and then you will draw your left foot near your right, retouching your buckler with a good blow. Then you will step your left foot forward, setting yourself into guardia di testa, and crossing forward with your right foot, you will do a montante in the gesture of a thrust, recovering your sword into guardia alta, and in this tempo you will draw your right foot near the left.</p>
| Its counter will be that when he turns the aforesaid riverso, you will ward that with the true edge of your sword and when he wants to hit your sword with his hilt, you will swiftly raise yours up, because his blow will miss, and in this tempo you will give him a riverso to his head.
+
|
| Il suo contrario sera, che mentr’egli uolgera il predet to riuerso, tu lo scanserai con il dritto filo della spada tua, & com’egli uorra urtar la tua spada con l’elzo, tu tantosto leuerai la tua in su, perche il suo colpo andera uoto, et tu in questo tempo gli darai di uno riuerso nella testa.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/60|2|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/61|1|lbl=26r|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| The fourth way of attacking is that you can lead him to believe that you will do a riverso, and immediately crossing toward his right side with your left foot you will turn the pommel of your sword over the enemy's wrist from the outside, and you will drive it [his hand] down in such a manner that you can strike his head with a riverso.
+
|  
| '''[E3v]''' Quarta guisa di offendere, che gli puoi dar a uedere di fare uno riuerso, & subito uarcando con il piede manco uerso le sue destre parti gli uolterai il pomo della tua spada sopra il nodo della nemica mano per di fuori, & la calcherai in giu per maniera, che gli possi ferire la testa di uno riuerso.
+
| <p>[] And wanting at last to come to blows with your enemy, you will pass forward with your right foot and will throw an over-arm mandritto, recovering similarly your right foot near the left, and immediately returning the said right foot forward, you will do a mezzo riverso to end in guardia di faccia, and then you will throw a fendente overhead, followed by two tramazzoni, making the last fall into porta di ferro stretta, and here the buckler must make itself a good guardian of your head. Then you will throw a montante into guardia alta, recoiling your right foot near the left, and (following this) pass forward with your right, and you will throw a mezzo mandritto to end in guardia di faccia, and thereafter you will strike him in the head with two tramazzoni, of which you will do the last for pretend, that is, you will make a pretense of giving him a tramazzone, and yet you will strike him in the leg with a mandritto, dropping your sword into porta di ferro larga, and then you will raise a falso to end in guardia di faccia, and then retiring your right foot to the rear, you will assume coda lunga alta; that accomplished, you will draw your left foot near your right, and then you will step forward with the same foot, extending a thrust to the face, and then pretending to give him a tramazzone to the head, you will strike him in the thigh with a riverso, driving a thrust into his face followed by a tramazzone falling into porta di ferro stretta, defending your head well with your buckler; and thereafter drawing your right foot near your left, you will do a montante into guardia alta, and here you will embellish the play in the aforesaid fashion.</p>
  
|-
+
<p>Then stepping forward with your right foot, you will follow it with the left in a similar step, sending a thrust from beneath upwards into the enemy’s face, and promptly opposing your right foot to your left again, you will strike him in the arms with a ridoppio riverso. Then you will throw a fendente to the head which falls into porta di ferro stretta, and then crossing forward with your left, you will extend a shrewd thrust to his face, and as he raises to ward it, you will strike him in the thigh opposite you with a riverso, going into guardia di testa, and returning your left foot to the rear, you will strike him in the sword hand with a mezzo mandritto falling into porta di ferro larga. Then, pretending to hit his sword with your false edge, as he wishes to block it, you will thrust your sword from beneath his into his face, and if he wants to protect himself from this thrust, you will immediately strike him in the right thigh with a riverso. Then for your safety you will strike his sword hand with a falso followed by a mandritto to the face, that falls into porta di ferro larga.</p>
| The counter to this is that in the show that he makes of giving you a riverso, you will not make any motion, but as he wishes to make the turn of his pommel, swiftly placing your buckler under his sword, you will reach his right thigh with a traversale riverso.
 
| Il contrario di questa è, che nella uista chel fara di darti del riuerso, Tu non farai mossa alcuna, ma come uor ra far la uolta col pomo, tu tantosto ponendo il tuo brocchero sotto la sua spada gli giungerai la destra coscia di uno trauersale riuerso.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Then you will push a thrust into his same sword hand in such fashion that your sword hand goes covered by that of your buckler. And then you will immediately redouble two tramazzoni to his head, and executing a montante into guardia alta you will draw your right foot even with your left, and embellish the play in the above fashion.</p>
| The fifth manner of offending is that you can direct your left foot toward his left side, pretending to strike him with a riverso, and yet you will return your left foot to the rear, giving him a fendente to the head.
 
| Quinta maniera di offendere, che tu puoi guidar il manco piede uerso le sue sinistre parti facendo sembiante di ferirlo di uno riuerso & ritornerai percio con il sinistro in dietro dandogli di uno fendente nella testa.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Afterwards you will step across with your left foot, and throwing a mandritto in pretense of descending, you will swiftly propel your right forward, placing your false edge beneath his sword. Thereafter, passing forward with your left foot, you will make a turn of your hand, extending a thrust into his face, and then carrying your right forward into large pace, you will redouble two tramazzoni to his head, of which the last must go into porta di ferro stretta, so that your buckler guards your head well, and afterwards you will do a montante into guardia alta, retiring your right foot feet even with your left. And passing forward with your right, you will throw a mandritto which will go over-arm to his leg, and similarly crossing with your left foot toward his right side, you will throw a riverso to his face. And then you will make your sword fall into coda lunga, letting your right leg go behind your left. Then you will cross forward with your right foot, throwing a falso from low to high, to end in guardia di faccia, and immediately pretending to strike him with a riverso to this right temple, you will reach his forward leg with a mandritto going under-arm, so that your buckler guards your head well.</p>
| The counter is, that when he makes the show of the riverso, you will not move yourself, but as he wishes to turn the fendente to your head, you will immediately throw a riverso from below to above, that goes so as to end in guardia di testa.
 
| Il contrario fia, che quando egli fara uista del riuerso, tu non ti mouerai, ma come egli uorra uolger il fenden te per testa, tu subito tirerai uno riuerso di sotto in su, che uadi per fino in quardia di testa.
 
  
|-
+
<p>And following this, you will draw your right foot near your left, and stepping forward with your right foot you will throw a riverso to his face which falls into coda lunga stretta, and making then a montante into guardia alta you will draw your right foot near your left, embellishing the play in the above said fashion.</p>
| The sixth way of offending will be that you will cross forward toward his left side with your left foot into large pace, throwing a riverso to his sword arm from low to high, and subsequently you will do a presa, that is, pretending to give him your buckler to his face, as he moves his head due to fear, immediately shooting your buckler arm inside his sword arm, you will bind that, recoiling it with a great clenching under your left armpit. Then retiring your right foot behind to your left you will make it so that he cannot harm you with his buckler.
 
| Sesta guisa di offender sera, che tu uarcherai innanzi con il piede manco a grande passo uerso le sue sinistre par ti, et tirandogli di uno riuerso di sotto in su per il suo brac cio della spada, & seguentemente farai una presa, cioè tu facendo sembiante di dargli del brocchero nel uolto, & mentr’egli per timore mouera la testa, tu subito cacciando il tuo braccio del brocchero per dentro del suo della spada glielo ligherai raccogliendolo con grande strettu ra sotto la tua lasena manca. Indi ritirando il piede destro per di dietro al manco farai chel non ti potra con il '''[E4]''' brocchero offendere.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Then you will pass forward with your right foot, striking him with an over-arm mandritto in such a way that your right shoulder is placed with its point toward the breast of your enemy. Then throwing a riverso at him in the manner of a fendente that falls into coda lunga stretta you will strike is sword hand with a falso returned over-arm, and thereafter raising your sword hand into guardia alta, you will throw a mandritto at him under-arm, recovering your right foot near your left, and immediately stepping toward his right side with your right foot, you will strike him with a falso going to end in guardia di faccia; then, driving your left foot forward, you will pretend to give him a riverso to his right temple, but promptly crossing toward the left side of your enemy with your right foot, you will give him a fendente to the face which falls into porta di ferro larga in such fashion that your right leg will be the follower of your left to the rear, and here you will make your buckler guard your head well.</p>
| The counter to this will be that when he directs his left foot in the said fashion to give you the riverso, you will stick your sword hand well forward, covered by your superimposed buckler, and during the pretense that he makes of giving you his buckler in your face, you will extend it [your hand] well forward with the sword, so that he will have reason to find your arm in the aforesaid way; and while he takes your measure, you will beat the arm coming toward you, driving it forcefully downwards, and feeling this crushing he will drop his buckler due to the consequent pain, whence at your will you may strike him in the face with a riverso.
 
| Il contrario di questa sera, che mentr’egli guidera il piede manco nel modo detto per darti del riuerso, tu spignerai la tua mano della spada ben innanzi dal brocche ro sopraposto coperta, & nel sembiante chel fara di darti del brocchero nel uolto, tu la stenderai forte innanzi con la spada, accio che egli habbia cagione di legarti il braccio nel modo sopradetto, che mentre pigliar ti stimera, tu strignerai il braccio uenuto uerso te calcandolo fortemente al in giu, ilquale sentendo stritolare per il conceputo dolore conuerra abbandonare il brocchero, onde a tua uo glia gli potrai ferir la faccia di uno riuerso.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Then retiring your left foot near your right, you will propel a falso to end in guardia di faccia, and then crossing forward with your right foot, you will go with your sword into guardia alta, and you will immediately strike him in the head with a fendente followed by two tramazzoni to the face, and your buckler defending your head well, you will next do a montante into guardia alta, drawing your right foot near your left. Then stepping forward with your right foot you will throw a fendente to end in guardia di faccia; doing similarly with your left, but towards his right side, you will throw a tramazzone at him falling into cingiara porta di ferro, and from here you will pass with your right foot, making a show of giving him a tramazzone to the head; nonetheless you will strike him in the leg with a mandritto that goes under your arm. Then retiring your right foot to the rear you will strike his sword hand with a riverso, in such fashion that your head is well protected by your buckler. Then stepping forward with your right foot you will do a falso to end in guardia di faccia, and then immediately pretending to strike him with a mandritto, you will reach him with a riverso, passing forward with your left foot. Then you will retire your left foot to the rear, throwing a mandritto in that tempo that goes into guardia di faccia, and casting your right foot back next, you will make a turn of your hand, setting yourself into coda lunga alta; then, recovering your left foot near your left,<ref>N.B. original says “…piede manco appresso il sinestro”, i.e. “left foot near your left”—this should be “left foot near your right”.</ref> you will next pass forward with your right foot, extending a thrust to the face, followed by a fendente which does not go through guardia di faccia.</p>
| The seventh way of offending will be that you will make a show of giving him a riverso, and you will immediately give him a mandritto to the leg, recovering yourself with your sword into guardia di faccia.
 
| Settimo modo di offender sera, che tu gli farai ueduta di dargli di uno riuerso, & subito gli darai di uno mandritto per gamba riducendoti con la spada in guardia di faccia.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Then going immediately into guardia di testa you will throw a mandritto at him that goes under your arm, reducing your right foot near your left. Then, stepping forward with your left foot toward the enemy’s right side, you will throw a falso from low to high, to end in guardia di faccia; crossing subsequently forward with your right, you will go with your sword into guardia alta, throwing a fendente to his head, which will descend into porta di ferro stretta, so that your buckler is a good defender of your head. Afterwards, you will do a montante into guardia alta, retiring your right foot near your left and embellishing the play, as was said above.</p>
| The counter is that while he pretends to do a riverso you will not move, but as he wishes to strike you with the aforesaid mandritto, you will cast your right foot back, giving him a traversale mandritto to his sword arm.
 
| Il contrario è, che mentre fara uista del riuerso, tu non farai mossa, ma com’egli uorra del predetto mandritto fe rirti, tu gitterai il piede destro in dietro dandogli di uno trauersale mandritto nel braccio della spada.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Then, driving your right foot forward, you will throw a less than full mandritto over your arm, and that done, you will pass with your left foot toward his right side, turning your buckler over your hand, and going with your sword into cingiara porta di ferro, and immediately passing forward with your right foot, you will hit the enemy’s sword with a falso that goes into guardia alta, and immediately throwing a mandritto to the leg, that goes under your arm, you will make your buckler guard your head well, and then, casting your right foot back, you will strike his sword hand with a riverso, so that that falls into coda lunga larga.<ref>Note that this guard is not described in the text—see [[Achilles Marozzo|Marozzo]], Cap. 143, for description and illustration.</ref> Then, drawing your left foot near your right, you will pass forward with your right, and will extend a thrust to the face. Thereafter, passing with your left toward your right side, you will pretend to give him a riverso; nevertheless, you will pass with your right toward his left side, throwing a fendente to his face in such a way that your sword descends into porta di ferro larga, and the left foot follows behind the right.</p>
| The eighth mode is that you will pretend to give him a riverso to the head, and then you will cross toward his right side with your left foot and place your buckler under his sword, throwing a mandritto to his leg so that your right ft follows behind your left.
 
| Ottauo modo è, che tu farai uista di dargli di uno riuerso per testa & poi ualicherai con il debole piede uerso le sue diritte parti, & porai il tuo brocchero sotto la sua spada tirandogli di uno mandritto per gamba si, chel piede destro seguiti il manco per di dietro.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Then withdrawing your left foot near your right,<ref>This action may describe a gathering step forward with the left, as the left foot is presumably already to the rear.</ref> you will do a falso gone to end in guardia di faccia, accompanying it with your buckler, then immediately stepping forward with your right foot, you will throw a riverso to the face that falls into coda lunga stretta, and you will make your buckler defend your head well. Then, passing forward with the left, you will stick a thrust into his face, and doing similarly with the right, you will redouble two tramazzoni to his head, of which the last falls into porta di ferro stretta, and subsequently you will do a montante into guardia alta, drawing your right foot near your left, and embellishing the play in the fashion already described above.</p>
| Its counter is that while he pretends to give you the riverso, you will keep an eye on his hands without moving, but when he steps with his left foot to give you the mandritto, immediately withdrawing your right foot back, you will give him a mezzo mandritto to his sword hand.
 
| Il suo contrario è, che mentr’egli fara uista di darti del riuerso gli haurai l’occhio alle mani senza mossa, ma mentre egli passera con il manco piede per darti del '''[E4v]''' mandritto, tu subito ritirando il destro piede al indietro, gli darai d’uno mezzo mandritto per la mano della spada.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Then you will make a close to half sword, that is, you will pass forward with your right without moving your sword or buckler, and then you will step forward to large pace with your left foot, extending a thrust to him that goes in the gesture of a montante, to end in guardia di faccia.</p>
| The ninth manner of offending is that you will step toward his right side with your left foot, hitting him in the right temple with a riverso, and immediately give him the edge of your buckler in his face.
 
| Nona maniera di offender è, che tu passerai con il pie de manco uerso le sue diritte parti percotendogli la tempia dritta di uno riuerso, & subito gli darai de l’orlo del brocchero nella faccia.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Then, crossing forward with the right foot, you will pretend to strike him in the head with a mandritto, giving that to him across the legs instead; then you will make yourself be a little bit beneath your sword by going into guardia di faccia, and here you will protect yourself from the enemy’s blow. Then, stepping forward toward his right side with your left foot, you will throw a riverso at his right temple in such a way that your right foot follows behind your left, and your head is well cared for by your buckler. Then extending a stoccata into his face, you will lift yourself with a leap back, so that your sword remains in coda lunga alta.</p>
| The counter to this is that in the stepping that he makes in order to attack you with a riverso, withdrawing your right foot back, you will assume guardia di faccia.
 
| Il contraro di questa è, che nel passar chel fara per offen derti con il riuerso, tu ritirando in dietro il destro piede, ti assetterai in guardia di faccia.
 
  
|-
+
<p>Then, with your right foot come forward, you will do a montante that goes into guardia alta, and withdrawing your right foot near to your left, you will have furnished the play.</p>
| The tenth way is that you will step toward his right side with your left foot, giving him a riverso to his right temple. Then you will return your left foot back somewhat pretending to give him a mandritto to his head, and subsequently returning the aforesaid left foot towards his right side, you will strike him in the head with a riverso, letting your right foot go behind the left.
+
|  
| La decima guisa è, che tu passerai con il piede manco uerso le sue diritte parti dandogli di uno riuerso nella sua diritta tempia. Indi tornerai in dietro alquanto il piede manco facendo uista di dargli di uno mandritto per testa & ritornando seguentemente il predetto sinistro uerso le sue diritte parti, gli ferirai la testa di uno riuerso lascian do andar il piede destro dietro al manco.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/61|2|lbl=-|p=1}} {{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|62|lbl=26v|p=1}} {{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|63|lbl=27r|p=1}} {{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|64|lbl=27v|p=1}} {{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|65|lbl=28r|p=1}} {{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|66|lbl=28v|p=1}} {{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|67|lbl=29r|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/68|1|lbl=29v|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| Its counter will be that in the stepping that the enemy makes to give you the riverso, you will hit it with the true edge of your sword, and as he makes the pretense of the mandritto, you will go with your sword into guardia di faccia, but when he wants to give you the other riverso, immediately casting your right foot toward his left side you will strike him in the left temple with a mezzo mandritto.
+
|  
| Il suo contrario sera, che nel passar che fara il nemi co per darti del riuerso, tu con il dritto filo della spada lo urterai, & mentr’egli fara sembiante del mandritto, tu anderai con la spada in guardia di faccia, ma quando ti uorra dare de l’altro riuerso, tu subito gittando il piede de stro uerso le sue manche parti gli ferirai la manca tempia d’uno mezzo mandritto.
+
| <p>[6] Wanting then to return with the victory to the place from whence you started in the beginning, going as usual with your back to the rear you will cast your right foot back, throwing a mandritto under your arm. Then, similarly withdrawing your left foot in this second step you will do a montante towards your left side that goes into guardia alta, and you will promptly do another montante toward your right side, recoiling your right foot near your left, and then the same right to the rear, and you will throw a mandritto under your arm, and reducing your left even with your right, you will lead the sword to your chest and then over your buckler arm.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/68|2|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| The eleventh offense is that you will throw a riverso to his right temple, giving him your left shoe in his belly. Then, returning your left foot to the rear you will hit him in the head with a mandritto.
+
| class="noline" |
| La undecima offesa è, che gli tirerai di uno riuerso ne la sua dritta tempia dandogli del calzo manco nel uentre. Indi tornando in dietro il finistro piede gli percoterai la testa di uno mandritto.
+
| class="noline" | <p>[7] Then crossing forward with your left you will do a molinetto outside your arm that falls into coda lunga stretta, and then you will replace your right foot at ease, so that its heel touches the point of the left foot, lifting your sword in this tempo into guardia alta with your buckler well extended toward the enemy.</p>
 +
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/68|3|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|}
| The counter to this is that in his throwing of the riverso, you will hit it with the true edge, and when he wishes to hit you with his shoe, you will immediately give him your buckler in his shin, and thence you will go into guardia di faccia, warding yourself thereby from his mandritto.
+
{{master end}}
| Il contrario di questa è, che nel tirare che egli fara del riuerso, lo urterai con il dritto filo, & quando uorra con '''[E5]''' il calzo percoterti, subito gli darai del Brocchero nel schinco della gamba, & cosi anderai in guardia di faccia schifandoti iui del mandritto.
 
  
|-
+
{{master begin
| The twelfth offense is that you will cross toward his right side into large pace with your left foot, pretending to give him a riverso, but despite that, you will draw back your sword fist, placing your buckler under his sword hand and giving him a thrust to the face.
+
| title = Third Book (Sword and Buckler)
| La .xii. offesa è, che tu uarcherai a grande passo con il manco uerso le sue destre parti facendo sembiante di dargli di uno riuerso, ma per tutto cio tirerai in dietro il pugno della spada ponendo il tuo brocchero sotto la sua mano della spada & dandogli di una punta nel uolto.
+
| width = 90em
 +
}}
 +
{| class="master"
 +
|-  
 +
! <p>Illustrations</p>
 +
! <p>{{rating|start}}<br/>by [[W. Jherek Swanger]]</p>
 +
! <p>Transcription<br/>by [[Steven Reich]]</p>
  
|-
+
|-  
| The counter to this is that in his pretense of a riverso, you will oppose your true edge against that, but as he draws his sword back to give you the thrust, you will oppose one more time still with your true edge, driving the enemy's sword toward your left side, and thereby you will have defended yourself against his thrust, hitting him as soon as you can with a falso to his face.
+
| [[file:Manciolino 5.jpg|400x400px|center]]
| Il contrario di questa è, che nel sembiante ch’egli fa ra del suo riuerso, tu apponerai contra quello il dritto filo, ma mentre egli tirera la sua spada in dietro per darti della punta, tu un’altra fiata ti apporrai pur con il drit to filo calcando la spada del nemico uerso le tue manche parti, & cosi ti haurai difeso dalla punta, spignendogli tantosto che potrai di uno falso nella faccia.
+
| <p>'''Third Book.'''<ref>N.B. I have glossed over sections of the short introduction of this particular book, skipping straight to the swordplay</ref></p>
  
|-
+
<p>[1] </p>
| The thirteenth offense is that you will cross toward his right side with your left foot simultaneously throwing a riverso traversale to his right thigh, and you will arrange yourself into guardia di testa, so that your right leg follows behind your left.
+
|  
| La .xiii. offesa è, che tu passerai con il manco uerso le sue destre parti tirandogli insiememente di uno riuerso trauersale per la sua coscia destra, & facendoti picciolo ti agierai in guardia di testa, si, che la gamba dritta seguiti la manca per di dietro.
+
{{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|69|lbl=30r|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/70|1|lbl=30v|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| The counter is that when he steps to give you the riverso, drawing your right foot back you will give him one done thus in his sword arm.
+
| class="noline" |
| Il contrario è, che quando egli passera per darti del riuerso, tu ritirando in dietro il piede destro gli darai di uno cosi fatto nel braccio della spada.
+
| class="noline" | …as it does not occur that "mandritti", "riversi", "falsi", "punti", and similar such words (which need to be understood in the art) can be changed into other names, as the signification of "to pass" does, which occurs to me continuously while writing with the pen, whence many times one comes to say that players “pass” with the left or the right foot, since one can say "pass", "cross", "glide", "guide", or "direct" the feet, and so where "right"<ref>''Destro.''</ref> is said, we will sometimes say "straight", or "strong", or "able", because man naturally has more strength in his right side than in his left, and equally sometimes "sinister", sometimes "left", or "weak", in order to avoid tedious regret, there being nothing more odious than the frequent repetition of the same word…
 +
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/70|2|lbl=-|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| The fourteenth offense is that you will advance your left foot to his right side, making a show of hitting him with a riverso to the head, but nonetheless you will step with your right toward his left side, striking him in the head with a fendente in such a fashion that your right leg follows behind your left.
+
| class="noline" |
| La .xiiii. offesa è, che tu scorgerai il piede manco le sue destre parti facendo ueduta di percoterlo di uno riuerso per testa, nondimeno passerai con il destro uerso le sue man che parti ferendogli la testa di uno fendente in modo, che la gamba destra seguiti per di dietro la sinistra.
+
| class="noline" |
 +
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/70|3|lbl=-|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| The counter to this is that in the stepping that he does with the show of a riverso, you will close together your sword and buckler, and as he advances to give you the fendente, you will turn a riverso to his right temple.
+
|  
| Il contrario di questa è, che nel passar chel fara con '''[E5v]''' la uista del riuerso, tu serrerai la spada insieme con il broc chero, & com’egli scorrera per darti del fendente, tu gli uolterai uno riuerso per la sua destra tempia.
+
| <p>[2] Hence following my decision, I say that in this third book we will teach the art of playing at half sword. Often, in playing with your enemy, in such do you bring yourself to a strait, so that it behooves you to play at half sword, but not without the greatest wit and art. Accordingly, among all others this is held to be chief, and one who does not have perfect knowledge of and an ideal foundation in this cannot otherwise be a good master; and if nonetheless he happens to be a good player or defender of himself through being gifted with quickness of hand, and yet does not know how to teach others the true art, which consists of being most secure, it has already been said of these such [persons] that they are not to be called knowledgeable, but lucky, when yet they wound someone; and it must be made manifest that all of this third book will be divided not into chapters, but into offenses and their counters, and that it be understood that the play is with the sword and small buckler.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/70|4|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/71|1|lbl=31r|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| The fifteenth offense is drawing your sword back and sticking a thrust into his right temple in the company of your buckler so that the right foot is the follower of the left, [and thus] will you have evaded every deadly blow.
+
|  
| La .xv. offesa è, che ritirando in dietro la spada, et spi gnendogli una punta nella sua tempia diritta in compagnia del brocchero si, chel piede forte sia del debole segui tatore haura scansato ogni colpo nociuo.
+
| <p>[3] Finding yourself hence with your enemy at the close of half sword, and wanting to be the agent, it will behoove you to be quickest of hand, more so than in other play, because if you will be sluggish, you will always be the patient. Beyond this, it is to be known that in not other than two ways can you find yourself with your enemy in this play: either true edge to true edge, in such fashion that the points of your swords face each other's left shoulders; or false edge to false edge, so that your swords are directed with their points at each other's right shoulders; and accordingly certain blows in order to offend and defend are born from the one manner, and others from the other.</p>
  
|-
+
<p>But taking first, that which can be done finding each other false edge with false edge, I say that:</p>
| The counter is that while he does the aforesaid thrust, you will hit that with the false edge of your sword, striking him with a mandritto to the face.
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/71|2|lbl=-}}
| Il contrario è, che mentre egli fara la predetta punta, tu la urterai con il falso della spada ferendogli di uno mandritto la faccia.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| The sixteenth offense is that you will cross toward his right side into large pace with your left foot, and in such stepping you will take the enemy's sword at the middle with your buckler hand, striking him in the right temple with a riverso.
+
|  
| La .xvi. offesa è, che tu uarcherai con il piede manco a grande passo uerso le sue diritte parti, & in cotale passamento tu con la mano del brocchero piglierai la spada del nemico al mezzo ferendogli la tempia destra di uno riuerso.
+
| <p>[4] Being in the aforesaid way with your enemy in such fashion that the false edges of the swords are in contact, and you with your right foot forward, you will make yourself agent if you turn your false edge across his left temple in a gesture of a tramazzone, and immediately for your defense you must retire back with the same strong (or right, as you care to say) foot, delivering a riverso to his right temple.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/72|1|lbl=31v}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| The counter of the aforesaid is that in the crossing that he makes for the purpose of the presa, you will strike him in the face with a mezzo mandritto.
+
|  
| Il contrario della predetta è, che nel uarco chel fara per cagione della presa, tu gli ferirai la faccia di uno mezzo mandritto.
+
| <p>[5] The counter to this close will be for that one who wishes to defend himself, when the falso in the gesture of a tramazzone is turned at you in the aforesaid fashion, immediately stepping forward with your weak, or left, foot (as it pleases you to say) toward his right side, you will give him a riverso returned from low to high into his right temple.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/72|2|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| The seventeenth offense is that crossing toward his right side with your left foot you will turn a riverso to his right temple. Then you will grasp your sword in the middle with your buckler hand, giving him your hand in his face via the inside route, or, if you wish, a good yank of his hair.
+
|  
| La .xvii. offesa è, che tu ualicando con il manco piede uerso le sue diritte parti, gli uolterai uno riuerso per la sua diritta tempia. Indi prenderai con la mano del broc chero la tua spada nel mezzo dandogli per dentro uia della mano nel uolto, o uogli una buona tirata di capelli.
+
| <p>[6] And if you don’t succeed in offending him in the aforesaid fashion, being thus at the half sword you will give him your right foot in the belly, and then immediately retiring that same foot to the rear, you will give him in that tempo a fendente atop his head.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/72|3|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| class="noline" | The counter is that as he approaches to give you the riverso, you will immediately make a half-turn of your fist, protecting yourself from that, and as he grasps his sword in the middle in order to give you a box in the face, you will hit the approaching arm with the edge of your buckler, giving him beyond that a mandritto to the face.
+
|  
| class="noline" | Il contrario è, che mentr’egli uenira per darti del riuerso, tu subito farai una mezza uolta di pugno schifandoti da quello, & com’egli prendera la sua spada nel mezzo per darti la guanciata nel uolto, tu percoterai il uegnente braccio con l’orlo del brocchero dandogli oltre a cio di uno mandritto per faccia.
+
| <p>[7] The counter to the offense is, that when he wants to give you the shoe, you will immediately strike him in the shin of the offending leg with your buckler, because his plan will not [therefore] come to fruition.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/72|4|lbl=-}}
  
|}
+
|-
{{master end}}
+
|
 +
| <p>[8] The third way of offending will be that finding yourself with your left forward you will cross toward his left side with your right foot, pretending to strike him in the head with a mandritto; nonetheless in that pretense you will let your sword fall to the ground behind you, and immediately crossing toward his right side with your left foot, you will stick your head under his right armpit and your hand inside the thigh of his leg, and lifting him from the ground you will make him fall behind your shoulders.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/72|5|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/73|1|lbl=32r|p=1}}
  
{{master begin
+
|-
| title = Fourth Book (Sword and Shield, Double Swords, Single Sword)
+
|
| width = 60em
+
| <p>[9] The counter of the previous close and offense is that when he pretends to give you the mandritto, you will not make any response to that pretense. But as he drops his sword in order to put his head under your armpit, retiring your right foot into large pace, you will give him a riverso to the neck.</p>
}}
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/73|2|lbl=-}}
[[file:Manciolino 6.jpg|center]]
 
{| class="master"
 
  
 
|-  
 
|-  
! <p>{{rating|C}}<br/>by [[Gindi Wauchope]]</p>
+
|
! <p>Transcription<br/>by [[Steven Reich]]</p>
+
| <p>[10] The fourth fashion of offending will be that having your right foot forward, you will make a show of striking his left temple with a mandritto, but in that show you will let your sword turn in the manner of a molinetto, and immediately stepping with your left foot toward his right side, you will give him a riverso in his right temple.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/73|3|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| [http://www.hemac.org/data/Manciolino%20sword%20and%20dagger%20translation%20by%20Craig%20Pitt-Pladdy.doc Chapters 1-10 - Sword and Shield]
+
|  
 +
| <p>[11] The counter to this is that when he makes the show of the mandritto, you will close your sword hand together with that of your buckler, and in the step that he takes of his left foot in order to give you a riverso, you will immediately cast your left leg behind your right, and deliver a mezzo mandritto to his left temple in the manner of guardia di faccia, doing which, his riverso cannot offend you.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/73|4|lbl=-}}
  
[http://www.hemac.org/data/Manciolino%20double-sword%20translation%20by%20Craig%20Pitt-Pladdy.doc Chapter 11 - Double Swords]
+
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p>[12] The fifth way of offending will be, that having the aforesaid right foot forward you will point your sword hand up from beneath on the inside of his sword hand, knocking that down enough that you can stick your false edge into his neck.</p>
  
[http://www.hemac.org/data/Manciolino%20single%20sword%20translation%20by%20Craig%20Pitt-Pladdy%20and%20Samy%20Degli%20Orsetti.doc Chapter 12 - Single Sword]
+
<p>The counter to this offense is that when the enemy wants to place his hand in the described fashion, you will push his sword arm toward his left side with your hand and thereby he will not achieve his intent.</p>
| '''[E6] LIBRO QVARTO'''
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/73|5|lbl=-}}
'''I'''O hauerui detto di sopra, che la presen te opra non puote seco recar ornamento ueruno, hora a mostrarui la ragione animosi lettori, mi conduce, che se occhiutamente giudicar uorrete, nessuno di uoi sera, che non dica molte cose esser in uno di loda degne, che in uno altro biasmeuoli sarebbono o senza conuenimento, et chi è colui, che molto lodando la politezza l’arteficiosa anda tura, il uiso non sconciamente depinto di una uaga donna, che se cotali cose in uno giouane uedesse, che non le biasi masse: molte parole bambe anchora in uno pargolo lodiamo, che se nelli maturi anni la tenesse, come rinfanciullito da tutti sarebbe deriso perche si dimostra, una istessa cosa poter si lodare et biasimare, non per suo, ma per riguardo di colui, cui si congiunge, et nel uero, chi non loda gli belli colo ri della soaue eloquentia, gli dotti congiungimenti delle '''[E6v]''' sue bene composte uoci, el tanto armonizzante suono, è fuori del diritto conoscimento, et chi anchora quella istessa eloquentia in cui non fosse conueneuole, uituperasse, sarebbe giudicioso detto.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Quindi gli saui scrittori secon do le conditioni delle persone nelle loro opre introdotte parlare, & rispondere le fanno, che come non conuiene ad uno gia carico di senno e di anni di giouenili uestimenti ornarsi, ne di cose amorose far contezza, cosi ad uno militante, & macchiato di rugine per le sempre por tate armi disdicerebbe con quella lingua proferere alcuna elegantia, alla quale ha fatto sostenere tanta sete & di giuni nelli continoui disagi della guerra & piu uolte del la poluere per il spatioso aere uolante renduta satolla, se tale non fusse, quale il magnanimo Aiace contra il segace Vlisse nella contesa dell’armi di Achille dauanti gli Prencipi di tutta la Grecia pronuntio, tutto che Aiace di Soldato, & Vlisse di Oratore facendo mostrassono gli effetti, ne è percio, l’oratione di Vlisse (se delli colori per suasibili priuata fosse) a quella di Aiace soprana, anzi co me una Diana spogliata de gli suoi belli ornamenti e Venere, appresso la sempre ignuda ma bella Pales Dea de gli pastori. Perche chiudere uolgio, che quantunque io dauanti gli conspetti de gli huomini per cagion di ora re non uenghi, non fia per cio il parlar mio si iregolato per tutto, che pareggiar non si possi se non di fuori, almeno sotto gli ornati panni a molte moderne opre, da quelli intorniate. Ma seguitando la mia fatica quarta, dico, che in quella comporro l’arte di spada da filo & targa, ouer brocchero largo, laquale essendo bene appre'''[E7]'''sa potranno anchor gli buoni giocatori alla spada da gioco trasferire, facendogli chiaro, che nel fine del libro duo altri giochi seranno apponuti cioè, quello di due spa de, & di spada sola, ma ripigliando quello della spada & brocchero largo, ouer targa, dico, che.
+
| <p>[13] The sixth way is, that finding yourself again with your right foot forward, you can cross toward his right side with your left foot, giving him your buckler hand to the outside of his sword hand, and subsequently a riverso to his neck or head.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/74|1|lbl=32v}}
  
|-
+
|-  
|
+
|  
| '''CAPITOLO PRIMO.'''
+
| <p>[14] The counter to this sixth fashion is, that while he directs his left foot forward in order to give you his buckler hand, you will immediately give him the edge of your buckler to his approaching arm.</p>
Essendo bene agiato con la spada & per caso con il brocchero largo & hauendo il piede manco innan zi, & il braccio del brocchero ben disteso uerso il nemico, & la spada in coda lunga alta, tu raccoglierai il piede destro appresso il manco. Indi scorrerai innanzi col pie de manco sanza tirare anchora alcuno colpo. Perche tro uandosi il tuo nemico cosi stretto, di due cose l’una far gli sera forza, ouero tirare, ouero fuggire al indietro, ma poniamo che gli tirasse una stoccata con il manco in nanzi, a cotale stoccata piu contrari potrai fare.
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/74|2|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Per che, ouero passerai con il destro uerso le sue sinistre par ti tirandogli in quel medesimo tempo di uno riuerso nel braccio della spada, si, che la gamba manca seguiti la destra per di dietro, & per tuo riparo tosto ritirerai in dietro il piede destro agiandoti in coda lunga alta come sopra detto.
+
| <p>[15] The seventh trap, also with the right foot forward, is that you can cross into large pace with your left foot toward his right side throwing a riverso at him from low to high, and then immediately passing toward his left side with your right foot, you will give him a mandritto in the manner of a fendente, making your left leg follow behind your right.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/74|3|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Ouero gittando il piede manco uerso le sue deboli parti cacciare potrai il falso sotto quella, & uarcando con il piede dritto uerso le sue sinistre parti gli ferirai la gamba manca di uno mandritto, si, chel piede manco seguiti il destro per di dietro. Indi gittan do in dietro il piede destro farai una mezza uolta di pu'''[E7v]'''ngo, per il che ti trouerai nella prenomata guardia.
+
| <p>[16] The counter of this seventh fashion is that while he steps forward with his left foot in order to strike you with the aforesaid riverso, you will go into guardia di faccia with your buckler under your sword hand so that your hand is touched and covered by your buckler, and as he turns the mandritto in the manner of a fendente, immediately casting your right foot back you will give him a mezzo mandritto to his sword hand.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/74|4|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 +
|
 +
| <p>[17] The eighth manner is, that having your left foot forward, you will step toward his left side with your right foot, throwing your sword back beneath his and in that same tempo you will put your buckler under his sword hand, striking him with your false edge in the left side of his neck. Then letting your left leg go behind your right you will arrange yourself with your sword in guardia di faccia, and then retiring to the rear with your right foot you will strike him in the temple with an extended riverso.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| Tu potrai anchora scorrer con il piede destro uerso le sue sinistre parti spignendogli una punta nel fianco in guisa, chel piede manco del destro per dietro seguitatore sia. Indi trahendo in dietro il piede predetto forte ti rac coglierai agiatamente nella predetta quardia.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/74|5|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/75|1|lbl=33r|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Tu puoi etiandio uarcar con il destro innanzi alquan to uerso le sue manche parti cacciando il falso della tua spada sotto la sua stoccata dal brocchero accompagnato.
+
| <p>[18] The counter to the previous is that when the enemy throws his sword back under yours, presently withdrawing your right foot back, you will assume guardia di faccia.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/75|2|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Indi gli percoterai li subito la sinistra gamba di uno riuerso, & per tuo riparo ritirerai in dietro il piede destro riducendoti con la spada in guardia di faccia, et seguentemente ti assetterai nella guardia tante fiate sopra detta.
+
| <p>[19] The ninth fashion, which will also be with the left foot forward, is that you can step forward with your right foot pretending to strike the enemy in the head with a mandritto, and in this pretense you will execute the Perugian Maneuver, that is, casting your sword and buckler away from yourself you will take him in both your arms, and having him thus strongly pressed, without detaching yourself, you will fall to a seated position and immediately you will give him your evenly raised feet heavily in his belly, and falling because of this impact, he will be found cast behind your shoulders.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/75|3|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Potresti anchora passare con il piede forte innanzi alquanto uerso le sue deboli parti affondando in quel tempo la spinta stoccata con il dritto filo della tua spada. Indi uolgendogli uno riuerso per la faccia tirerai il piede destro in dietro. Dopoi spignerai una punta in guar dia di faccia per tuo schermo, & agieraiti nella sopranomata guardia et cosi li contrari della stoccata finiti sono.
+
| <p>[20] The counter to this aforesaid offense is that while he crosses with his right foot in order to feint a mandritto, being alert, you will have your eyes on his hands owing to the presa, and when you see him drop his sword and buckler, immediately retiring your right foot to the rear, you will strike him in the head with a riverso.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/75|4|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 +
|
 +
| <p>[21] The tenth fashion of offending, with the left foot forward, will be that you can pass toward his right side with your right foot, striking his sword with a winning mandritto, and then crossing toward that same right side with your left foot you will give him a riverso in the neck, making your right foot follow your left.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| '''S'''Eguentemente comporre intendo gli contrari, che far si ponno ad uno, che spignesse una stoccata per ferirti di uno mandritto posto caso, che amenduo ui trouiati con il piede manco innanzi in coda lunga alta.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/75|5|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/76|1|lbl=33v|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| A schifezza di cotale punta tu potrai tirare di uno mez zo mandritto per la mano della spada facendo la testa ben riparare dal brocchero in guisa, che la spada cali in cingiara porta di ferro, & com’egli tirera il mandritto per '''[E8]''' ferirti la testa, subito ualicherai innanzi con il piede dritto & poi ti raccoglierai in guardia di testa iui riparandoti da quello, & dandogli a trauerso le gambe di uno si mile mandritto. quindi ritirando al indietro il piede destro uolgerai la mano della spada per lo cui uolgimento ti trouerai agiato in coda lunga alta con il piede manco innanzi.
+
| <p>[22] The counter will be that when he directs his right foot as said above in order to give you a mandritto to your sword, you will hit him/it with your sword, expecting that, but as he passes to give you the riverso, in that tempo you will turn a mezzo mandritto to his face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/76|2|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Ouero tu coglierai il piede debole appo il forte, & di presente guiderai il piede destro innanzi cacciando il dritto filo della tua spada in cotal punta, et quando egli uolgera il mandritto per ferirti la gamba, tu tantosto por rai la tua spada sotto’l tuo brocchero uerso le sue destre parti iui schifandoti dal predetto colpo. Ilche fatto, gli giugnerai la gamba destra di uno trauersale riuerso, & poi ritirerai il piede dritto al indietro spignendo insieme una punta andante per insino in guardia di faccia per tuo schermo, & agieraiti nella sopradetta guardia coda lunga alta.
+
| <p>[23] The eleventh fashion of offending is that finding yourself also with the left foot forward, you will cross with your right foot toward his left side and in this passing you will make a sign of striking him with a mandritto, but you will hit his thigh with a lovely riverso, and you will remain uncovered in your upper parts in order to provoke your enemy to attack those, but as he does as you wished, gliding your sword into guardia di testa you will protect yourself there, and then with your buckler hand you will take his sword to the inside of yours, giving him a fendente to the head or a thrust to the face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/76|3|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Potrai anchora riporre il piede manco dietro al destro tirandogli uno mandritto per la mano della spada, che cali in porta di ferro larga, & com’egli ti uorra ferire la testa del mandritto, tu con il falso lo urterai scorrendo alquanto innanzi con il piede destro, et ti randogli insieme uno riuerso per gamba, poscia tornerai il medesimo piede in dietro spignendo una punta per sot to il tuo brocchero, che uadi in guardia di faccia per tuo riparo & assetteraiti nella gia detta guardia.
+
| <p>[24] The counter to this will be that right as he is past pretending to do a mandritto, you will not make any move against that, but as he wishes to strike you in the thigh with a riverso, you will turn the point of your sword toward the ground, thereby protecting yourself from that, and throwing a fendente to his head in response.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/76|4|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Potrai ancho passare con il piede destro uerso le sue sinistre parti et il cotale passamento con il brocchero la da ta punta rintuzzare ferendogli la gamba di uno mandritto, si, ch’el tuo piede manco seguiti il dritto per dietro. '''[E8v]''' Indi trahendo pur al indietro il destro & uolgendo la mano della spada nella gia detta guardia ti trouerai.
+
| <p>[25] The twelfth way of offending will be, that finding yourself with your right foot forward, you can throw a mandritto to his head, and if he is a good player he will hit that, so that immediately making a sign with your bent fist of giving him a riverso, despite that you will reach him with the same mandritto.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/76|5|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Ouero scorrerai col piede dritto uerso le sue forti par ti cacciando il dritto filo della tua spada nella sua punta, & subito gli uolgerai uno riuerso per la faccia, si, che non potra fare il mandritto quindi trahendo in dietro il destro piede gli tirerai una stoccata nella faccia leuandoti al in dietro con tutta la persona gaiamente, & cosi ritornerai nella antidetta guardia.
+
| <p>[26] The counter to this is, that as he wishes to offend your head with the mandritto, you will throw a riverso from low to high that goes into guardia di testa, protecting yourself from his mandritto. Then with your buckler hand you will immediately smack down his sword hand, striking him in the upper body, or wherever appears best to you, with a riverso.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/76|6|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/77|1|lbl=34r|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Poi entiando mentr’egli tirera la punta ferirgli la ma no spignente quella con uno falso di sotto in su per sino in guardia di faccia, & com’egli tirera il mandritto, tu di presente uarcar con il piede destro uerso le sue sinistre parti percotendogli il braccio della spada con uno man dritto, si, ch’el piede debole seguiti il forte per dietro in tuo riparo, & uolgendo la mano della spada ti ritrouaressi nella detta guardia.
+
| <p>[27] The thirteenth way would be that finding yourself again with your right foot forward, you will pretend to give him a mandritto to the head, but nonetheless you will throw a riverso in the gesture of a drilled thrust.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/77|2|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| '''CAPITOLO SECONDO.'''
+
| <p>[28] The counter is, that when he does the aforesaid pretense, despite that you will make no motion, but in his throwing of a riverso you will recoil your right foot back, and your sword into guardia di faccia.</p>
'''M'''A sel nemico tirasse una stoccata & poi il piede manco appo’l destro, et scorgesse seguentemen te il piede destro innanzi per darti di uno mandritto, oue ro di uno fendente, tu per la primiera alla stocccata non farai mossa, ma com’egli uenera col mandritto, tu quello urterai andando in guardia di testa con il piede forte in nanci & ferendogli la gamba di uno mandritto seguente mente traherai al indietro il piede destro et uolgendo la ma no al usato nella tante fiate celebrata guardia ti agierai.
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/77|3|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| '''[F1] CAPITOLO TERZO.'''
+
| <p>[29] The fourteenth way is that having the same right foot forward, you will pass forward with your left and make a half-turn of your fist with the sword, sticking him in that same turning with a thrust to the face.</p>
'''M'''A s’egli spignesse una punta per giugnerti di uno riuerso per faccia, o per gamba, tu hauutogli l’oc chio alla mano, come cacciera la detta punta, tu passerai innanzi con il destro piede con il falso scansando quella, & mentre uorra offenderti con il riuerso per testa, tu pas serai innanzi con il piede manco schifandoti da quello con il dritto filo della tua spada in modo chel brocchero guar di bene la testa. Indi ritirerai al indietro il pugno della spada spignendogli per faccia una stoccata & leuandoti con uno salto balzato al in dietro ritornerai nella detta sopra guardia. Et quando egli tirasse il detto riuerso per gamba, Tu scorgerai innanzi il manco piede uolgendo il dritto filo della spada di rimpetto al riuerso, in guisa, che la punta della tua spada guardi uerso terra, & poi gli spi gnerai una stoccata per faccia balzandoti al indietro, & al fine ti agierai nella tanto detta guardia.
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/77|4|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| '''CAPITOLO QVARTO.'''
+
| <p>[30] The counter to this is that in the passing that he makes with his left foot, diverting your right foot promptly to the rear, you will arrange yourself in coda lunga alta.</p>
'''H'''Auendo detto quello, che far si puote in coda lunga alta, parimente seguitando dir intendo delle offese & contrari che far si ponno in coda lunga stretta con il piede destro innanzi, & sia manifesto non esser la piu sicura guardia per ripararsi ne piu atta per offender che questa. Volendo adunque tu strigner il nemico in questa guardia, tu tirerai il piede manco appo’l destro, & seguentemente passerai innanzi con il piede destro. Per '''[F1v]''' che hauendolo cosi stretto, gli conuerra di due cose una a forza scegliere, ouero tirare o in dietro andare, e sel perdera spatio alcuno del campo gli fia non poca uergogna.
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/77|5|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Poniamo percio che egli spinga una punta con il piede manco innanzi per sconciarti, & esser in suo arbitrio di ferirti mandritto, o di qualunque altro colpo, che gli piacesse, tu per sicurarti da cotale punta, ritirando il piede destro in dietro anderai con la spada in cingiara por ta di ferro. Et com’egli uorra offenderti con il mandritto, o con altro colpo, tu subito scorgerai il destro piede in nanzi, urtando il datto colpo con il falso, & seguitando gli giugnerai la gamba dritta con uno riuerso, et poi per schermo tuo una punta nella faccia gli spignerai per sotto il tuo brocchero. Indi ritirando in dietro a grande passo il piede destro, tu uolgerai la mano della spada in gui sa, che la punta il nemico uolto rimici, et poi un’altra pun ta medesimamente farai balzandoti con uno gaio salto al undietro, & cio fatto, nella guardia sopra detta coda lunga stretta con il piede dritto innanzi ti riporrai.
+
| <p>[31] The fifteenth offense is that being with the aforesaid foot forward you will pretend to strike him in the head with a mandritto, and the enemy, taking fear, will want to protect himself from that, and you will give him a riverso to the thigh, settling yourself into guardia di faccia.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/77|6|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| '''CAPITOLO QVINTO.'''
+
| <p>[32] Its counter will be that during the pretense shown by your enemy, you will not make a motion, but when he wants to hit you in the thigh with a riverso, recoiling your right leg to the rear you will give him a riverso of your own to his sword arm.</p>
RItrouandoui ammenduo nella predetta guardia di coda lunga stretta con il piede dritto innanzi, sel nemico spignera una punta con il piede manco innanzi per darti di uno mandritto, tu quella con il dritto filo schiferai, ma mentre uedrai uenire il mandritto, tu spigne rai una punta per insino in guardia di faccia iui schifan doti da quello. Dopoi tu scorgerai il piede debole uerso le sue dritte parti dandogli insieme di uno riuerso nella co '''[F2]''' scia destra. Indi spignendogli una stoccata nella faccia ti leuerai al indietro con uno salto et assetteraiti nella pre detta guardia di coda lunga stretta con il piede destro auanti. Ma ponendo, che dopoi la punta il nemico non tirasse il mandritto, ma uno riuerso per testa, tu scorgerai il piede destro auanti, et quello con il dritto filo della tua spada scanserai, si, che la testa sia bene dal brocchero guar data. Indi uarcherai con il piede forte uerso le sue sinistre parti dandogli insieme di uno mandritto nella sua co scia manca, si, ch’el piede debole seguiti il forte per dietro, & per tuo schermo raccoglierai il piede destro in dietro uolgendo la mano della spada, si, che ti troui in coda lun ga stretta con il piede manco auanti. Indi ritirandoti al indietro con duo, o con tre passi, tu uarcherai innanzi con il piede destro & assetteraiti nella sopra detta guardia.
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/77|7|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Ma se per caso egli di quello riuerso non accennasse la testa. Ma ferir uolesse la gamba, tu uarcando con il pie de manco innanzi quello con il dritto filo della spada urterai, in modo, che la punta guardi uerso terra. Ilche fat to, gli tirerai una stoccata per fianco leuandoti al indietro con uno salto, & se non uolessi saltar fia basteuole il tirarti dietro tre ouer quatro passi, si, che nella predetta guardia ritorni.
+
| <p>[33] The sixteenth offensive method, also with the right foot forward, is that you can indicate to give him a riverso to the head, reaching him despite this with a mandritto to the flank, and arranging yourself in guardia di faccia.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/78|1|lbl=34v}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| '''CAPITOLO SESTO.'''
+
| <p>[34] Its counter is that in the sign of the riverso that the enemy will make, you will throw your right foot back, and when he deems to strike you in the flank with a mandritto, you will ruin his sword hand with a mezzo mandritto accompanied by your buckler.</p>
'''M'''A sel nemico tirasse uno mandritto per ferirti la testa, tu tirerai in dietro il piede destro percotendo il suo braccio della spada di uno mandritto, si, che quella cali in cingiara porta di ferro & ch’el '''[F2v]''' brocchero sicuri bene il capo. Indi ritierai al indietro il piede sinistro & uolgerai la mano della spada, perche ti trouerai agiato al usato nella predetta guardia coda lun ga stretta con il piede dritto innanzi.
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/78|2|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| '''CAPITOLO SETTIMO.'''
+
| <p>[35] The seventeenth manner is that finding yourself still with the right foot forward, you will put your buckler under your enemy's sword and simultaneously crossing toward his right side with your left foot you will give him a mandritto across his right thigh so that your right foot follows your left.</p>
'''E'''T quando il nemico tirasse una stoccata, ouero uno mandritto, o riuerso che uogli, a qualunque di cotali colpi per tua schifezza farai uno trauersale falso per il tuo braccio della spada in modo, che la testa bene difesa sia dal brocchero non trapassante la guardia di faccia. Indi rassetteraiti nella prenomata guardia. Et se per caso egli tirera uno mandritto per la tua dritta gamba, tu subito guiderai il piede debole uerso le sue forti parti cacciando insieme il falso della tua spada per sotto il brocchero, iui schifandoti da quello. Dopoi subito darai di uno riuerso per la sua destra gamba seguitato da una buona stoccata per faccia, laquale tantosto, che farai, ti conuerra leuar ti al indietro con uno gentile salto. Indi ritornando innan zi con il destro, medesimamente nella guardia antiponuta ti assetterai.
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/78|3|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| '''CAPITOLO OTTAVO.'''
+
| <p>[36] The counter is that when he wants to put his buckler under your sword, promptly retiring your right foot back you will give him a mandritto to his sword hand, accompanied by your buckler.</p>
'''T'''Rouandomi ispedito da quello che uertuosa & maestreuolemente far si puo nelle predette due guardie, coda lunga alta, & coda lunga stretta con il pie de destro innanzi restar ueggio due altre guardie nel pre '''[F3]''' detto combattimento, nelle quali è cosa necessaria render aueduto il Lettore, conciosiacosa che a molti modi ancho in queste, offender, & difender uno si possi, cioè, guardia cingiara porta di ferro, & porta di ferro stretta, & pigliando la prima dico, che, Trouandoui amenduo con le predette armi spada da filo, & brocchero largo, ouero targa in cingiara porta di ferro, qualunque puote dar al la pugna il prencipio, Ma colui che procaccia ottener la uettoria per alcuno modo non deue esser quello, che comin ciera, ma nella guardia con sottile auedimento stante. Et quando il nemico spignesse una punta con il piede destro innanzi per giugnerti di uno mandritto per testa, tu ti op porrai a cotale punta con il falso della spada senza mouer piede. Et mentr’egli tirera il mandritto per testa, tu subito uarcando innanzi con il piede destro, anderai con la spada in guardia di testa iui schifando quello, & di uno cotale ferendolo per gamba. Indi per tua sicurezza farai il brocchero buono guardatore della testa. Seguentemente in dietro ritirerai il piede destro spignendogli una pun ta in guardia di faccia, & poi ti agierai nella predetta guardia, che hauemo posta in campo, cioè cingiara porta di ferro.  
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/78|4|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Ma s’egli spignesse una punta per ferirti la gam ba d’uno mandritto con il falso la schiferai. Ma se tal col po egli far uolesse per gamba, tu fuggendo al indietro con il piede debole gli percoterai il braccio della spada di uno cosi fatto responsiuo mandritto, & fatto questo, per sicurtate tua ti ritirerai in dietro con duo o tre passi rassettan doti nella gia detta guardia, di cui disputiamo. Et quando egli spignesse una punta con il piede dritto auanti per '''[F3v]''' renderti ferita la testa di uno mandritto, ouer fendente, tu quella con il falso manderai uana, ma come seguitar uedrai gli predetti colpi, tu tirando in dietro il piede manco lo giugnerai nel braccio della spada di uno mezzo mandritto.  
+
| <p>[37] Having already written of that which one can do at the strait of the half sword when false edge to false edge, the second manner thereof follows, that is, if the swords are to be found to be [true] edge to [true] edge, adding what can be done for and against, observing the proposed order, for as has already been said above, there are no other ways of attacking at the half sword other than these two.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/78|5|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Indi medesimamente trahendo il sinistro, ti agierai nella predetta guardia. Et s’egli cacciasse cotal punta pur con il piede destro innanzi per offenderti d’uno mandritto per gamba, tu cotal punta medesimamente con il falso annullerai.  
+
| <p>[38] Therefore, the swords being true edge to true edge, and you wanting to be the agent and initiator, when you are with your right foot forward, crossing toward his right side with your left foot, you will give him a riverso to his right temple, making your right foot follow behind your left.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/78|6|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/79|1|lbl=35r|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Ma nel uolger del mandritto tu subito scorrerai auanti con il piede destro uerso le sue ancho dritte parti locando il falso della tua spada sotto il predet to mandritto, si, che la accompagnato brocchero lo sottotocchi, & gli darai di uno riuerso per coscia. Indi per tuo riparo fuggirai con il piede destro al indietro spignendogli una stoccata nella faccia & leuandoti al indietro con uno salto. Ilquale fatto, nella guardia ti agie rai.  
+
| <p>[39] The counter to this first way will be that when he crosses to give you the riverso you will turn a mezzo mandritto to his head, which will rise to end in guardia di faccia.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/79|2|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Ma se per caso dopoi che haura sospinta la punta con il destro auanti ti uorra dare di uno riuerso per faccia, cotal punta tu prima pur con il falso dannerai in mo do, ch’el falso la guardia di faccia non trascorra. Et com’egli uolgera il riuerso per testa, tu porrai il piede man co a grande passo al indietro dopoi il destro facendo il brocchero buono schifatore della testa. Indi gli darai di uno mandritto trauersale nel braccio della spada, poi rac coglierai il forte piede al indietro et assetteraiti nella det ta guardia.  
+
| <p>[40] The second fashion of attacking will be that still having your right foot forward, you will cross toward his right side with your left foot, giving him a riverso from beneath to above, to his sword arm, and then you will immediately withdraw your left foot back, giving him in that same tempo a mandritto to the face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/79|3|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Et quando dopoi la cacciata punta ti uoles se ferire di riuerso per gamba, al usato quella con il falso urterai, & ritirando in dietro poi il piede manco gli giu gnerai il braccio della spada di uno mezzo riuerso, et se'''[F4]'''guentemente tirerai il piede dritto in dietro tornando al agio della guardia come è detto.
+
| <p>[41] The counter to this is that when he steps to give you the riverso, putting your buckler low you will be shielded, but when he withdraws his left foot in order to strike you with the mandritto, you will reach his right temple with a riverso traversale.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/79|4|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| '''CAPITOLO NONO.'''
+
| <p>[42] The third fashion is that, still having your right foot forward as in any of the above attacks, which we will not repeat in order to avoid tedium, you will turn a riverso to his right temple, and if the enemy protects himself from that, you will, with the hilt (or guard as you wish to say) of your sword hit that<ref>I.e. the sword.</ref> of your enemy on the outside giving him a fendente to the head.</p>
'''I'''N questo si trattera delli colpi che far si ponno quando amenduo ui trouaste con le sornomate armi in por ta di ferro stretta. Vogliendo adunque tu stringer il ne mico & essendo con il piede destro innanzi appo quello il sinistro raccoglierai. Indi scorgerai il medesimo drit to alquanto innanzi. Et ponendo ch’el nemico ti spignes se una punta per darti segacemente di uno mandritto, o ri uerso, o fendente per testa, cotal punta urtar dei al usato con il falso, et com’egli ualichera con il piede destro per darti uno delli predetti colpi, tu ritirando il piede destro in dietro, gli darai di uno mandritto a trauerso il brocchero della spada. Indi trahendo similmente in dietro il sinistro, ti agie rai nella tua detta guardia porta di ferro stretta.  
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/79|5|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Ma s’egli spignesse una punta con il piede manco innanzi per ferir ti l’antiponuta gamba di uno mandritto cotal punta prima (come è detto) con il falso renderai annullata. Et mentr’egli passera con il destro per cagione di darti del mandritto, tu fuggendo in dietro con il forte piede, caccierai uno consimile colpo al suo per dentro del suo braccio, et per tua sicurezza tirerai similmente ancho il sinistro riducendoti nella insegnata guardia. Et se dopo la spinta punta con il piede manco innanzi, uorra egli uarcar con il piede destro et guastarti la testa con uno mandritto, o fendente, tu ritornando al indietro il destro piede et calando con la spada in cingiara porta di fer ro, cosi haurai prima fuggita la punta.  
+
| <p>[43] Its counter will be that when he turns the aforesaid riverso, you will ward that with the true edge of your sword and when he wants to hit your sword with his hilt, you will swiftly raise yours up, because his blow will miss, and in this tempo you will give him a riverso to his head.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/79|6|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Ma com’egli scorrera per ferirti con il mandritto, o fendente, tu scorgerai '''[F4v]''' il piede destro innanzi facendo uno trauersale falso di sot to in su per la nemica spada, & subito gli darai di uno riuerso per gamba, & poscia fuggirai per tuo riparo con il piede destro in dietro sospignendogli una punta nella faccia per sotto il tuo brocchero. Indi tornando medesima mente al indietro il sinistro, ti agierai nella prenomata guardia.  
+
| <p>[44] The fourth way of attacking is that you can lead him to believe that you will do a riverso, and immediately crossing toward his right side with your left foot you will turn the pommel of your sword over the enemy's wrist from the outside, and you will drive it<ref>His hand.</ref> down in such a manner that you can strike his head with a riverso.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/80|1|lbl=35v}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Et quando dopoi la cacciata punta con manco innanzi, passar uolesse pur con il destro per ferirti di uno mandritto per gamba, tu prima cotale punta al usato con il falso schermirai, et com’egli uarchera per giugnerti del mandritto, tu subito scorrerai innanzi con il piede manco uerso le tue destre parti cacciando il falso della tua spada per sotto il tuo brocchero & iui schermandoti dal antidet to colpo, et seguentemente gli darai di uno riuerso per gam ba, poi gli tirerai di una stoccata nella faccia & ti leuerai al indietro con uno salto riducendoti nella guardia predetta. Ma s’egli spignesse una punta con il piede man co innanzi per ferirti di uno riuerso per testa, a cotale pun ta uolgerai il falso per schermirla senza mouere il piede.
+
| <p>[45] The counter to this is that in the show that he makes of giving you a riverso, you will not make any motion, but as he wishes to make the turn of his pommel, swiftly placing your buckler under his sword, you will reach his right thigh with a traversale riverso.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/80|2|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Et mentr’egli uarchera per darti del riuerso, subito tu scorrerai con il piede manco innanzi, et tu farai una mez za uolta del pugno della spada schermendoti da quello fa cendo chel brocchero guardi bene la testa, & subito spignerai il detto brocchero nella nemica spada tirandogli una stoccata per faccia, o per il petto, che uuoi, & poi leueraiti con uno salto al indietro rassettandoti nella detta guardia. Et sel cacciasse una punta con il piede manco innanzi per darti di uno riuerso per gamba, In schifatione di tal punta tu uar'''[F5]'''cherai con il piede manco uerso le sue destre parti tirandogli di un falso in quella ilquale non tracorra oltre la guardia di faccia.
+
| <p>[] The fifth manner of offending is that you can direct your left foot toward his left side, pretending to strike him with a riverso, and yet you will return your left foot to the rear, giving him a fendente to the head.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/80|3|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Et com’egli uolgera il predetto ri uerso per gamba, tu subito passerai innanzi con il piede destro uolgendo uno mezzo riuerso di sotto in su, in modo, che la punta guardi uerso terra, & cosi ti haurai scher mito. Indi di uno trauersale mandritto gli percoterai il braccio della spada facendo chel brocchero ben custodisca la testa. Poi ritirando in dietro il piede destro anderai con la spada in guardia di faccia, & seguentemen te ritirerai il piede manco in dietro agiandoti nella predetta guardia.
+
| <p>[46] The counter is, that when he makes the show of the riverso, you will not move yourself, but as he wishes to turn the fendente to your head, you will immediately throw a riverso from below to above, that goes so as to end in guardia di testa.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/80|4|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 +
|
 +
| <p>[47] The sixth way of offending will be that you will cross forward toward his left side with your left foot into large pace, throwing a riverso to his sword arm from low to high, and subsequently you will do a presa, that is, pretending to give him your buckler to his face, as he moves his head due to fear, immediately shooting your buckler arm inside his sword arm, you will bind that, recoiling it with a great clenching under your left armpit. Then retiring your right foot behind to your left you will make it so that he cannot harm you with his buckler.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| '''CAPITOLO DECIMO.'''
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/80|5|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/81|1|lbl=36r|p=1}}
'''H'''Auendo fornito tutto quello che maestreuolmente far si puo nelle predette quattro guardie con la spa da da filo & brocchero largo, ouero targa in mano, tralasciando molti altri colpi che in se tanto magisterio non hanno per fuggir lungezza, delliquali nondimeno ho in stituito far separato capitolo togliendo prencipio da coda lunga alta che fu la prima guardia, & chiudendo in porta di ferro, che è la quarta et ultima, dico adunque, che da coda lunga alta con il piede manco innanzi tu puoi spigner una punta facendo sembiante di tirargli di uno riuerso per testa, nondimeno giugneraigli la gamba di uno mandritto.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Tu puoi anchora spigner una punta con il piede destro innanzi facendogli ueduta di dargli di uno mandrit'''[F5v]'''to per testa, ma gli tirerai di riuerso per gamba.
+
| <p>[48] The counter to this will be that when he directs his left foot in the said fashion to give you the riverso, you will stick your sword hand well forward, covered by your superimposed buckler, and during the pretense that he makes of giving you his buckler in your face, you will extend it<ref>Your hand.</ref> well forward with the sword, so that he will have reason to find your arm in the aforesaid way; and while he takes your measure, you will beat the arm coming toward you, driving it forcefully downwards, and feeling this crushing he will drop his buckler due to the consequent pain, whence at your will you may strike him in the face with a riverso.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/81|2|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Puoi spigner anchora una punta pur con il piede destro innanzi, et guidando il piede debole uerso le forti par ti sue gli giugnerai la gamba di uno mandritto, si, che la testa sia bene dal brocchero schermita, & chel piede destro seguiti il sinistro per dietro
+
| <p>[49] The seventh way of offending will be that you will make a show of giving him a riverso, and you will immediately give him a mandritto to the leg, recovering yourself with your sword into guardia di faccia.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/81|3|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Ouero tirerai una stoccata senza mossa di piede, et poi raccoglierai il piede manco appo il destro, ilche fatto, uar cherai con il dritto innanzi insiememente tirando uno mandritto, o fendente, o riuerso, che uuoi.
+
| <p>[50] The counter is that while he pretends to do a riverso you will not move, but as he wishes to strike you with the aforesaid mandritto, you will cast your right foot back, giving him a traversale mandritto to his sword arm.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/81|4|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Anchora potrai tirare uno mezzo mandritto per la nemica mano, & tornare con uno riuerso per gamba sen za mouer piede. Ouero puoi tirare di uno falso di sotto in su per la mano della spada senza alcuno passeggiamento.
+
| <p>[51] The eighth mode is that you will pretend to give him a riverso to the head, and then you will cross toward his right side with your left foot and place your buckler under his sword, throwing a mandritto to his leg so that your right ft follows behind your left.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/81|5|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 +
|
 +
| <p>[52] Its counter is that while he pretends to give you the riverso, you will keep an eye on his hands without moving, but when he steps with his left foot to give you the mandritto, immediately withdrawing your right foot back, you will give him a mezzo mandritto to his sword hand.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| O spignere una stoccata sopra mano con il piede destro innanzi, laquale cali in porta di ferro lar ga, & quinci potrai fare falso & mandritto, & seguentemente falso et riuerso, oltre a cio ancho potresti fare uno falso andante per sino in guardia di faccia, & passando dopoi con il piede manco innanzi farai una mezza uolta di pugno spignendogli una punta in faccia, ouer nel pet to, & questo colpo è signolare contra uno mancino, Per cio, che da qualunque colpo da lui tirato, schermito saresti.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/81|6|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/82|1|lbl=36v|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Ma sel tirasse per gamba uno mancino, el ti conuiene tenere questo regolato ordine, cioè passare con il manco innanzi, & uolger la punta della spada uerso terra, iui schifandoti dal suo colpo, & cacciandogli una stoccata nella faccia.
+
| <p>[53] The ninth manner of offending is that you will step toward his right side with your left foot, hitting him in the right temple with a riverso, and immediately give him the edge of your buckler in his face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/82|2|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Et quando il detto mancino ti uolgesse uno mandritto, la uegnente mano di uno riuerso gli '''[F6]''' ferirai, & sel tirasse di riuerso, medesimamente la detta mano di uno mandritto gli guasterai, cotali regole adun que tenir si deue contra gli mancini passeggiando sempre contra la sua spada.
+
| <p>[54] The counter to this is that in the stepping that he makes in order to attack you with a riverso, withdrawing your right foot back, you will assume guardia di faccia.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/82|3|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Seguitando hora il combatter con uno altro che mancino non fosse, dei auertire, che sel ti uorra giugner di uno mandritto per testa, tu ri tirerai il piede manco in dietro dandogli di uno mandritto per la mano della spada.
+
| <p>[55] The tenth way is that you will step toward his right side with your left foot, giving him a riverso to his right temple. Then you will return your left foot back somewhat pretending to give him a mandritto to his head, and subsequently returning the aforesaid left foot towards his right side, you will strike him in the head with a riverso, letting your right foot go behind the left.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/82|4|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Et sel tirera di mandritto per gamba, tu raccoglierai il piede sinistro al indietro percotendogli la mano della spada di uno mezzo mandritto.
+
| <p>[56] Its counter will be that in the stepping that the enemy makes to give you the riverso, you will hit it with the true edge of your sword, and as he makes the pretense of the mandritto, you will go with your sword into guardia di faccia, but when he wants to give you the other riverso, immediately casting your right foot toward his left side you will strike him in the left temple with a mezzo mandritto.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/82|5|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Ma ritrouandoti con il nemico nella predetta guardia coda lunga alta con il piede man co innanzi, tu puoi spigner una stoccata senza mouer pie de. Indi riducer il piede manco appo’l sinistro, si, che la spada uadi distesa in dietro, & subito uarcherai con il piede dritto innanzi spignendogli una altra punta sopra mano. Ilche fatto raccoglierai il piede destro appo il manco, et la spada sotto braccio, et subito passando con il piede debole innanzi spigneraigli una riuersa punta nella faccia, et tosto uarcherai con il piede dritto uerso le sue manche parti offendendogli la testa di uno mandritto o la antiposta gamba, & se meglio ti auerra di riuerso fare lo puoi.
+
| <p>[57] The eleventh offense is that you will throw a riverso to his right temple, giving him your left shoe in his belly. Then, returning your left foot to the rear you will hit him in the head with a mandritto.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/82|6|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 +
|
 +
| <p>[58] The counter to this is that in his throwing of the riverso, you will hit it with the true edge, and when he wishes to hit you with his shoe, you will immediately give him your buckler in his shin, and thence you will go into guardia di faccia, warding yourself thereby from his mandritto.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| '''Cap. xi. del giuoco di due spade.'''
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/82|7|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/83|1|lbl=37r|p=1}}
'''P'''Erche il giuoco di due spade una per mano è molto utile & bello, in questo capitolo componer diuisiamo cio che in quello maestreuolmente far si puote.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| '''[F6v]''' Ritrouandoti adunque da uno capo della sala di rimpetto al tuo nemico & uolendo uenir seco alla pugna in mo do, che tu habbi il piede dritto alquanto dauanti al manco, & la spada della mano dritto in porta di ferro stretta, & quella della manca in guardia di testa, tu in prima passerai con il piede destro alquanto per trauerso & uer so le tue parti manche & similemente scorrerai con il sinistro, facendo la spada della destra falso & riuerso, & quella della sinistra falso et mandritto calando con questa della debole in porta di ferro stretta & con quella in guardia di testa, si, chel piede destro seguiti il sinistro per dietro.
+
| <p>[59] The twelfth offense is that you will cross toward his right side into large pace with your left foot, pretending to give him a riverso, but despite that, you will draw back your sword fist, placing your buckler under his sword hand and giving him a thrust to the face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/83|2|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Indi passando con il piede destro innanzi la spada della manca deue far falso & riuerso, & quella della destra falso & mandritto calando in porta di ferro con la forte, si come con la debole in guardia di testa riporre ti dei. Seguentemente uarcherai con il piede destro uerso le sue manche parti, & poi con il sinistro in nanzi facendo falso & riuerso con la mano destra andan te la spada in guardia di testa, & con la manca falso et mandritto agiandosi in porta di ferro stretta in guisa, che la gamba destra seguiti la manca, & cosi è fonito il uenir al gioco, sottoponendo gli colpi che nel gioco si fanno & il ritornare al luoco primiero, come nelli assalti di spada & brocchero nel secondo libro facemmo.
+
| <p>[60] The counter to this is that in his pretense of a riverso, you will oppose your true edge against that, but as he draws his sword back to give you the thrust, you will oppose one more time still with your true edge, driving the enemy's sword toward your left side, and thereby you will have defended yourself against his thrust, hitting him as soon as you can with a falso to his face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/83|3|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| '''H'''Ora essendo giunto con il nemico il uolendolo fe rire, tu scorrerai con il piede destro innanzi spignen dogli una punta nella faccia, & tirando poi uno riuerso per gamba, si, che la spada della destra cali in coda lun ga stretta, et quella della manco uadi in guardi di testa, '''[F7]''' & tosto guiderai il piede manco uerso le sue diritte parti tirandogli di uno fendente per la testa con la spada del la debole, laquale calera in porta di ferro stretta in modo chel piede destro seguiti il sinistro. Indi caccierai amen due le punte innanzi incrociando le spade per tuo schermo in modo, che la spada della forte sia soprana a quella della debole.
+
| <p>[61] The thirteenth offense is that you will cross toward his right side with your left foot simultaneously throwing a riverso traversale to his right thigh, and you will arrange yourself into guardia di testa, so that your right leg follows behind your left.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/83|4|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Seguentemente con il piede destro passe rai uerso le sue manche parti tirandogli uno mandritto per testa colla spada destra in porta di ferro stretta, & quella della manca si dee riporre in guardia di testa, el pie de manco dietro al destro, quinci scorrerai con il piede destro uerso le sue diritte parti et poi ancho con il sinistro et in cotale passamento la spada della destra far deue falso & riuerso, & quella della sinistra falso & mandritto con la debole in porta di ferro stretta, ma con la forte in guar dia di testa ricourandosi, si, che la dritta gamba seguitatri ce sia della manca. Poscia scorgendo il piede destro innanzi gli spignerai nella faccia una punta con la spada della dritta mano.
+
| <p>[62] The counter is that when he steps to give you the riverso, drawing your right foot back you will give him one done thus in his sword arm.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/83|5|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Indi ualicando con il manco piede uerso le sue parti destre gli darai di uno mandritto a tra uerso la tempia dritta con la spada manca, si, che la destra gamba seguiti la sinistra, & la spada della medesi ma manca cali in porta di ferro stretta, & quella della destra in guardia di faccia, & poi passerai con il piede destro innanzi spignendo una punta per faccia accompagnata da uno mandritto in porta di ferro stretta calante, & la spada della debole andara in guardia di testa, subito poi spignerai anche una punta in faccia con la mano manca, et con il tuo sinistro piede innanzi. ilche '''[F7v]''' fatto, seguentemente passerai con il destro uerso le sue manche parti tirandogli con la spada della destra uno mandritto nella tempia manca calando in porta di ferro, si, che la gamba manca seguiti la diritta per dietro, & che la spada della sinistra in guardia di testa si truoui.
+
| <p>[63] The fourteenth offense is that you will advance your left foot to his right side, making a show of hitting him with a riverso to the head, but nonetheless you will step with your right toward his left side, striking him in the head with a fendente in such a fashion that your right leg follows behind your left.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/83|6|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Et se per auentura il nemico ti uorra risponder con la spada della dritta tirandoti uno mandritto per testa, tu quello con la spada della debole mano urterai, & con quella della destra gli darai di una punta nel petto.
+
| <p>[64] The counter to this is that in the stepping that he does with the show of a riverso, you will close together your sword and buckler, and as he advances to give you the fendente, you will turn a riverso to his right temple.</p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/83|7|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/84|1|lbl=37v|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Ma se egli rispondesse di riuerso, quello medesimamen te con la spada della forte mano andar farai uano, et con quella della manca gli guasterai con uno mandritto la faccia.
+
| <p>[65] The fifteenth offense is drawing your sword back and sticking a thrust into his right temple in the company of your buckler so that the right foot is the follower of the left, [and thus] will you have evaded every deadly blow.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/84|2|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Et quando il risposto predetto suo mandritto ti fusse offerto con la spada della manca, tu quello con il diritto filo della spada della man destra scanserai, dando gli con quella della manca di uno fendente per faccia.
+
| <p>[66] The counter is that while he does the aforesaid thrust, you will hit that with the false edge of your sword, striking him with a mandritto to the face.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/84|3|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Similemente sel riuerso dal nemico fosse tirato con la mano manca, tu con il dritto filo della sinistra urtar lo dei, spignendogli una punta nella faccia della spada destra, & poscia raccogliendo il piede manco appresso il diritto scorrerai seguentemente con il destro innanzi fa cendo falso & riuerso con la mano destra, & con la spa da della manca uno mezzo mandritto per sino in guardia di faccia. Indi tirerai il piede destro appo il manco, & di presente uarcherai innanzi con il piede debole sospignendogli una punta nella faccia con la spada della manca, & tosto guidando il piede destro uerso le sue sini stre parti, gli giugnerai la testa di uno mandritto calante in porta di ferro stretta, & in guisa, chel piede man'''[F8]'''co sia del destro seguitatore, & che la spada della sinistra in guardia di testa si truoui.
+
| <p>[67] The sixteenth offense is that you will cross toward his right side into large pace with your left foot, and in such stepping you will take the enemy's sword at the middle with your buckler hand, striking him in the right temple with a riverso.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/84|4|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| '''F'''Ornito il gioco, & uolendo con leggiadre maniere al capo della sala ritornare donde facesti la pri ma partita, tu traherai al indietro il piede destro facendo falso et riuerso con la spada della destra andante in guar dia di testa, & con quella della manca falso et mandritto calando in porta di ferro stretta. Dopoi ritirando medesimamente il manco in dietro con uno altro passo alla spada della manca farai falso et mandritto tirare saglien do con quella in guardia di testa, & a quella della destra falso & mandritto in porta di ferro calando. Indi con uno altro passo raccoglierai in dietro il piede destro facendo falso & riuerso con la spada della destra in guardia di testa sagliente, & con quella della manca falso & mandritto in porta di ferro stretta calante, & cosi haurai fornito la bella ritornata.
+
| <p>[68] The counter of the aforesaid is that in the crossing that he makes for the purpose of the presa, you will strike him in the face with a mezzo mandritto.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/84|5|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| '''Capitolo 12 of the sword alone.'''
+
|  
Desiring combat against your opponent with only the sharp sword, first settle yourself with the right foot forward and with the sword in porta di ferro stretta, and without casting any blow you will constrain him in this way, recall the left foot near the right, and then direct your right forward.
+
| <p>[69] The seventeenth offense is that crossing toward his right side with your left foot you will turn a riverso to his right temple. Then you will grasp your sword in the middle with your buckler hand, giving him your hand in his face via the inside route, or, if you wish, a good yank of his hair.</p>
| '''Cap. xii. Del gioco di spada sola.'''
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/84|6|lbl=-}}
'''V'''Olendo combatter contra il tuo nemico con la spada da filo sola, prima ti assetterai con il piede destro innanzi et con la spada in porta di ferro stretta, et sen za tirare alcuno colpo tu lo stringerai in questa guisa, cioè tu ritirerai il piede manco appo’l destro, et poi scorge rai esso destro innanzi.  
 
  
|-
+
|-  
| The opponent finding himself so constrained will either attack or retreat, but if he pushes a thrust, you shall hit it with the false edge turning a mezzo riverso to the thigh and to defend yourself throw a falso to the sword hand from below not exceeding Guardia di Faccia and finish cutting into Porta di Ferro Stretta.
+
| class="noline" |
| Che trouandosi il nemico cosi stretto gli conuerra, o ferire, o fuggire a rietro, ma se egli sospignesse una punta, tu la urterai con il falso uolgendogli uno mezzo riuerso per coscia, & per schermo tuo gli tire rai uno falso di sotto in su per la mano della spada non '''[F8v]''' trappassante la guardia di faccia, & alla perfine nella guardia di porta di ferro stretta taglierai.
+
| class="noline" | <p>[70] The counter is that as he approaches to give you the riverso, you will immediately make a half-turn of your fist, protecting yourself from that, and as he grasps his sword in the middle in order to give you a box in the face, you will hit the approaching arm with the edge of your buckler, giving him beyond that a mandritto to the face.</p>
 +
| class="noline" | {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/84|7|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|}
| But if he drives a thrust to the face in order to beset you with a mandritto or a riverso cancel  it with the false edge and when he throws the mandritto to the head avoid the blow going with your sword into Guardia di Testa and wound him with the same blow (a mandritto) to the head or leg as you wish.
+
{{master end}}
| Ma s’egli cacciasse una punta per faccia per cagione di guastarti di uno mandritto, o riuerso, tu con il falso l’addannerai, & quando tirasse il mandritto per testa, tu con la spada in guardia di testa anderai iui schifandoti da quello, di uno cotale colpo ferendolo per testa, o per gamba, che uorrai.
 
  
|-
+
{{master begin
| But in the case he wants to give a riverso, or a mandritto to the leg. Against the mandritto withdraw the right foot to the rear, giving him a mezzo mandritto to the sword hand. But wanting to resolve the riverso, you retreat backwards with the aforementioned foot in order to wound his sword arm with a mezzo riverso, and finish in the said guard porta di ferro stretta.
+
| title = Fourth Book (Sword and Shield, Double Swords, Single Sword)
| Se per caso percio uorra di riuerso, o di mandritto giu gnerti per gamba. In opposto del mandritto, tu raccoglierai il piede destro a rietro dandogli di uno mezzo mandritto per la mano della spada. Ma uolendo render uano il riuerso, tu fuggirai in dietro pur con il predetto piede ferendogli il braccio della spada di uno mez zo riuerso, & finalmente nella detta guardia porta di ferro stretta ti agierai.
+
| width = 90em
 +
}}
 +
{| class="master"
 +
|-
 +
! <p>Illustrations</p>
 +
! <p>{{rating|start}}<br/>by [[Gindi Wauchope]]</p>
 +
! <p>Transcription<br/>by [[Steven Reich]]</p>
  
|-
+
|-  
| And when he pushes a thrust to give you a riverso to the head or the leg, but supposing the head, cancel it with the false edge of the sword without moving the feet and against the coming riverso, pass with with the left foot forwards making a mezza volta of the hand warding the blow. Then immediately traversing with the right [foot] towards his left side, give him a mandritto to the head or the leg, as you wish, that done, the left leg must follow the right.
+
| [[file:Manciolino 6.jpg|400x400px|center]]
| Et quando egli spignesse una punta per darti di uno riuerso per testa, o per gamba, ma poniamo per testa, tu quella con il falso della spada senza mouer piede an nullerai, & in contrario del uegnente riuerso tu passerai con il piede manco innanzi facendo una mezza uolta di pugno cosi schermendoti da quello.Poi subito uarcan do con il destro uerso le sue manche parti, gli darai di uno mandritto per testa o per gamba, che uuoi, ilche fatto, la gamba debole seguir la forte deue.
+
| <p>'''Fourth Book.'''</p>
  
|-
+
<p>[1]</p>
| And if the riverso was thrown to the leg, you (passing forwards with the left foot) shall turn the point towards the ground pushing a stoccata to the flank , & removing yourself from presence with a jump backwards, where at the end settle yourself in the aforesaid guard of Porta di Ferro Stretta.
 
|  Et se cotal riuerso per gamba tirato fosse, tu (passando innanzi con il piede manco) la punta uerso terra uolgerai spingendogli una stoccata per fianco, & leuandoti di presente con uno salto a rietro, oue alla fine nella gia detta guardia porta '''[G1]''' di ferro stretta ti locherai.
 
  
|-
+
[http://www.hemac.org/data/Manciolino%20sword%20and%20dagger%20translation%20by%20Craig%20Pitt-Pladdy.doc Chapters 1-10 - Sword and Shield]</p>
| But if you see coming from above a  mandritto, or riverso, or fendente, or a thrust, whatever of these cover strongly with the false edge in order to avoid it, not exceeding Guardia di faccia. Then Immediately pass with the front foot, making a turn of the fist.
 
| Ma se dalle soprane parti tue uenir uedessi uno mandritto, o riuerso, o fendente, o punta tirata, tu qualunque di questo con il falso serai possente scansare pur che la guardia di faccia non traccorri. Indi subito col piede innanzi ualicherai, facendo una uolta di pugno.
 
  
|-
+
<p>[http://www.hemac.org/data/Manciolino%20double-sword%20translation%20by%20Craig%20Pitt-Pladdy.doc Chapter 11 - Double Swords]</p>
| class="noline" | That done, push him a thrust in the face or in the chest, as you wish, you can also then having covered with the aforesaid false edge, cast at him a mandritto to the face, that glides below the arm and to the chest advancing the right foot somewhat forward as much as this blow requires, & that is one of the singular defenses, that this style makes possible.
 
| class="noline" | Ilche fatto, spigneraigli una punta nel uolto, o nel petto, che uuoi, tu puoi anchora dopoi che con il predetto falso ti haurai schermito, tirargli di uno man dritto per faccia, che scorra al in giu per le braccia & per il petto crescendo alquanto auanti con il piede destro quanto tal colpo far uolessi, & questa è delle singolari defensioni, che in questo gioco far si possa.
 
  
|}
+
<p>[http://www.hemac.org/data/Manciolino%20single%20sword%20translation%20by%20Craig%20Pitt-Pladdy%20and%20Samy%20Degli%20Orsetti.doc Chapter 12 - Single Sword]</p>
{{master end}}
+
|
 +
{{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|85|lbl=38r|p=1}} {{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|86|lbl=38v|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/87|1|lbl=39r|p=1}}
  
{{master begin
 
| title = Fifth Book (Sword and Cape, Sword and Dagger)
 
| width = 60em
 
}}
 
[[file:Manciolino 7.jpg|center]]
 
{| class="master"
 
 
|-  
 
|-  
! <p>{{rating}}<br/></p>
+
|
! <p>Transcription<br/>by [[Steven Reich]]</p>
+
| <p>[2] </p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/87|2|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/88|1|lbl=39v|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
| [http://www.hemac.org/data/Manciolino%20sword%20and%20dagger%20translation%20by%20Craig%20Pitt-Pladdy.doc Chapter 3 - Sword and Dagger]
+
|  
 +
| <p>[3] </p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/88|2|lbl=-}}
  
[http://digilander.libero.it/mandritto/Manciolino5content.html Chapter 4 - Sword and Shield]
+
|-  
| '''LIBRO QVINTO.'''
+
|  
'''S'''Ouente auiene nelli abondeuoli, ma poco ordinati conuiti per il copioso comolo delle uiuande tutte in uno tempo apponute che gli a quelli conuitati senza al'''[G1v]'''tro gustamento satolli si chiamino, non senza tacitamente dolersi delli mescenti ministri, e quali o per fuggir fatica del recarsi frequentemente gli carichi piatti, o per uoler insiememente alla horreuole mensa manicare, fanno a gli seduti intorno al sordinato Corredo contata ingiuria.
+
| <p>[4] </p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/88|3|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Nel cui dannato errore non uolendo io incorrere, non ui ho uoluto (Saui Lettori) appor nel prencipio della opra dauanti ogni cosa, ma nel recamento di qualunque suo libro (che è a guisa di cibo) con lo antiposto prologo partorir diletto, si perche con il sapore del continouato libro tocchi il uostro gusto, come per difendermi da molti morsi della inui dia nell guisa, che son per fare al presente. Perche molti sono, che ignorantemente dicono l’opra mia douer esser mancheuole, conciosiacosa, che non contenghi li modi d’in uitar il nemico al combattere, nelle giuste cagioni che alla mortale pugna conducer gli guerrieri possano, ne cui la elettione del campo o delle armi partenghi, & simili so le. Fole chiamo, percio che follemente costoro giudicano douer pertenere al schermitore quello, che all’arte sua è piu alieno, che se degli uiaggi del sole, & della luna uolesse trattare, & per cio gli rispondo, che come di qualun que delli cinque sentimenti è uno solo oggetto, cosi di qualunque arte non puote essere piu di uno soggetto, che la potentia uisiua non potra mai hauer per oggetto altro, chel colore, la ascoltatiua, il suono, la gustatiua, il sapore, & cosi del rimanente di cotali sia detto, & come sciocco sarebbe chi dicesse la uerture della orecchia non solamente poter udire, ma ancho uedere, o gustare gli sapori, cosi '''[G2]''' priuo di intelletto è, chi dice l’arte schermitoria non hauer solamente a discernere la uertute delli colpi, ma ancho le cagioni ch’al combattere promouer ci possano, & le altre antidette cianze, & chi è si cieco, che udito il nome della arte che è schermitoria dal schermire cioè dal difendere detta, che non uenghi in cognitione del suo soggetto? che è il conoscer gli colpi & dare il modo de saper schifarsi da quelli, Et se tu uuoi pur che ancho essa giudichi la ragione delli combattitori, & tratti a cui la elettione dell’armi & del combatter partenghi, sera di bisogno, che la habbi altro nome, chi di schermire, & che cosi schermitoria, come giudicatoria, anzi insegnante l’imperiali leggi chiamare si possi, o ignoranti, o capi di ingegno rintuzzato, non ui accorgete anchora del errore, nelquale uuoi sete? Lasciati in uostra malhora le legge alli giuristi, & se sapete l’arte del schermire, parlati solamente quello che spetta al schermire cioè del grande giudicio che conuiene hauere ad uno nel sicurarsi dalle offese, & parimente come deue offendere il nemico, & poscia quando sarete scientiati nelle leggi, parlarete di cio, ma come leggisti, & non come schermitori. Perche di una istessa cosa piu consideratori essere ponno, come un corpo humano puote essere considerato dal naturale Philosopho, dal medico & dal Astrologo.
+
| <p>[5] </p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/88|4|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Dal Philosopho inquanto è uno congiungimento di Anima & di Corpo, o di materia, & di forma. Del medico, inquanto è composto di quattro elementi, & per gli signoriggianti '''[G2v]''' esser soggetto a tali passioni, & oltre a cio egli lo giudica come signato indiuiduo, chel Philosopho come uniuersale lo stimaua, ma dal astrologo sera considerato il medesimo corpo humano pur in indiuiduo: inquanto sotto tale celeste influsso nacque, ne sera lecito (poniamo) al medico mentre uorra parlare di tale corpo humano, oltra le sue dette complessioni, dir ancho degli influssi celesti cagionanti quelle, & quando pur dira de gli influssi, no parlera come medico, ma come astrologo.
+
| <p>[6] </p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/88|5|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 +
|
 +
| <p>[7] </p>
 
|  
 
|  
| Cosi duo uenuti al punto del combattere possono esser dal giurista & dal schermitore diuersamente considerati, dal giurista, inquanto il combattimento è giusto, o ingiusto dando la ragione, & la elettione al tale, ma dal schermitore si considera, inquanto sel tale stara in tale guardia sera sicuro, & con tale colpo potra offendere, onde piu è conueneuole al medico parlare della astrologia per la uicinitate delle scientie, che al schermitore delle ragioni cittadinesche, o imperiali, tutto che in questo la schermitoria alla medicina si assomigli, che come la medicina iui comincia torre il prencipio doue il Philosopho ha fatto fine. Cosi la schermitoria comincia la sua uertute, oue gia fece fine il giurista. Percio, che il giurista iui finio quando per tale ragione alla pugna gli conduce assignando perche cotale combattimento fosse lecito, & il schermitore piglio il prencipio quando le armi gia date gli forono, si come ancho il scrittore, ilquale comincia adoperare la carta dopoi che dal suo artifice è fornita, ne spetta a lui uedere di che straccia sia fatta, come ha gia la penna in mano, che cio parteneua al maestro di '''[G3]''' quella, & come auiene al scrittore ancho scriuer spesse fiate sopra la carta, che non è buona, per non hauerne di altra maniera, cosi al schermitore senza molta ne buona ragione operare l’arme, non è adunque la ragione ciuile che fa buona & perfetta quest’arte, ma solamente il saper defendersi & offender, per che è manifesto il sogget to di quella essere il conoscimento delli colpi et non altro, liquali se io basteuolemente nella opra mia insegnero, in che hauero io mancato? in che errato? in che non sodisfatto a tutto quello, che alla mia arte partenghi: hauranno ben errato quelli (se alcun si presontuosi sono) che proponendo parlare della arte schermitoria, hauranno delle dette cianze trattato, ne altrimenti sono da chiamare appresso loro. Ignoranti del precetto di Aristotele nel primo delli posteriori, che non è lecito andar di genere in genere cioe di soggetto in soggetto.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/88|6|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/89|1|lbl=40r|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Ma per far ritorno al nostro instituto i quattro giochi diuideremo questo quin to libro. Il primo & secondo fieno di spada da filo et cappa, ma il primo nel combattimento di uno solo con uno altro, & il secondo in quello di duo contra altri tan ti. Il seguente gioco sera di spada da filo nella destra, & del pugnale nella manca. Il quarto fia di spada & di rotello. Incominciando adunque dal primo dico, che.
+
| <p>[8] </p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/89|2|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 +
|
 +
| <p>[9] </p>
 
|  
 
|  
| '''Cap. primo del gioco di spada & cappa.'''
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/89|3|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/90|1|lbl=40v|p=1}}
'''S'''E per auentura tu haurai la cappa a torno, la lascerai cader giuso dal homero destro per sino al mezzo del sinistro braccio. Ilche fatto, tantosto uolgerai la man '''[G3v]''' ca mano per di fuori, la detta ricaduta cappa sopra il braccio raccogliendo, & di presente con l’altra mano suaginando la spada in coda lunga alta con il piede manco innanzi ti agierai leggiadramente.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Et se per caso medesimamente il tuo nemico in cotale guardia agiato uedrai, tu senza far colpo anchora ti strignerai forte contra lui, per ilquale strengimento gli conuerra, o tirare, o fuggire al indietro, ma s’egli tirasse una stoccata con il piede manco innanzi, tu uarcherai, uerso le sue deboli parti con il forte piede rispondendogli di uno riuerso a guisa di fendente a trauerso il suo braccio della spada, si, chel piede manco seguiti il destro, & poi rittran do il piede dritto al indietro in coda lunga alta come è sopra detto con il sinistro piede innanzi ti assetterai.
+
| <p>[10] </p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/90|2|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Nellaquale guardia ritrouandoti agiato tu scorrerai con il piede destro innanzi spignendogli una mezza punta. Indi subito tireraigli di uno mezzo riuerso nel pu gno della cappa senza mouer la spada da quel luoco. Impero, che per tale colpo nel pugno datogli, egli ti rispondera douutamente di punta, o di mandritto, o di fendente. Et quando egli spignesse la punta, tu quella con il dritto filo della spada uerso terra affonderai di una tua punta riuersale offendendogli il petto.
+
| <p>[11] </p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/90|3|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Ouero gli tirerai d’uno riuerso nel uolto. Ma se egli facesse il man dritto, ol fendente, per qualunque di questi, tu scorrerai in nanzi con il manco schifandoti con la cappa, & giungendolo di una stoccata ne gli fianchi.
+
| <p>[12] </p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/90|4|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Ilche fatto, ti leuerai a rietro uno salto nella di sopra insegnata guardia.
+
| <p>[13] </p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/91|1|lbl=41r}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 +
|
 +
| <p>[14] </p>
 
|  
 
|  
| Nellaquale anchora essendo con il nemico '''[G4]''' & egli spignendoti una stoccata con il piede sinistro innanzi raccogliesse il detto piede appo il dritto, Et indi uarcasse con il destro innanzi & insiememente la testa di uno mandritto guastar ti uolesse. Tu primieramente alla stoccata non ti mouerai, ma come egli tirera il mandritto per testa, tu fuggirai con il manco piede al indietro tirandogli uno mandritto per la mano della spada, & poi tu fuggirai con il piede destro a rietro facendo una mez za uolta di pugno & assettandoti nella gia detta guardia.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/91|2|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/92|1|lbl=41v|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Nellaquale essendo con il nemico, & egli uolendoti sospignere una punta, o mandritto, o fendente, per ciascheduno di questi colpi tu scorrerai innanzi con il pie de manco uerso le sue sinistre parti cacciando la spada con la punta uerso terra & poi in guisa di rota facendola gi re in su uenerai a raccogliere qualunque delli detti offen siui colpi. Indi ualicando con il destro uerso le sue sini stre parti, gli ferirai la testa di uno mandritto o la gamba in modo chel piede debole seguiti il forte, & cio fatto, ritirerai il piede destro al indietro facendo la sopradetta uolta di pugno per cui ti uerrai ad agiare nella guardia antidetta. Potresti anchora per cagione di tentar il nemico, quando egli non uolesse uscir dalla guardia, spigner una mezza punta con il piede destro innanzi et tirare uno mezzo riuerso per coscia cosi aspettando risposta. Ilquale se tirera di punta, tu quella con il diritto filo urterai affondandola uerso terra, & subito gli darai di un’altra punta riuersa nel petto, ouero di uno riuerso nella faccia.
+
| <p>[15] </p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/92|2|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 +
|
 +
| <p>[16] </p>
 
|  
 
|  
| Ma s’egli tirasse di mandritto, o di fendente per testa, tu anderai con la spada in guardia '''[G4v]''' di testa iui schifandoti da quelli, & dandogli in risposta di uno mandritto per testa, o per gamba, come uuoi. Et se cotali colpi tirar uolesse per gamba, tu passando con il piede manco innanzi caccierai il falso sotto la nemica spa da dandogli di uno riuerso per gamba in modo, chel tuo piede destro seguiti il sinistro per dietro, & poscia gli spignerai una stoccata per faccia leuandoti subito con uno salto al indietro, & finalmente nella guardia che dicemmo riducendoti.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/92|3|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/93|1|lbl=42r|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Ma sel Nemico fosse quello, che ti tentasse sconciar dalla guardia con una sospinta punta et con il piede destro innanzi per cagione di ferirti la testa o la antiponuta gamba con uno riuerso, quando per caso la uedesti uenire alla testa, tu primieramente in defensione della punta gli ferirai la mano della spada con uno mezzo mandritto in cingiara porta di ferro calante.
+
| <p>[17] </p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/93|2|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 +
|
 +
| <p>[18] </p>
 
|  
 
|  
| Et com’egli tirera il riuerso, tu scorrendo con il pie de destro innanzi, anderai con la spada in guardia di te sta dal detto colpo schermendoti et facendo la cappa buo na guardatrice del capo gli darai di uno mandritto per testa, o per gamba che uuoi.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/93|3|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/94|1|lbl=42v|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Et s’egli tirasse il riuerso per gamba, tu uarcherai con il destro innanzi facendo in questo tempo una mezza uolta del pugno, si, che la punta della spada guardi uerso terra, & iui il detto riuerso urterai. Dopoi subito gli darai di uno mandritto per testa, & per tuo schermo con il piede destro all’indietro fuggirai rassettandoti nella solita guardia.
+
| <p>[19] </p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/94|2|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 +
|
 +
| <p>[20] </p>
 
|  
 
|  
| Vogliendoti anchora sconciare il nemico dalla guardia con uno mandritto ouero fendente per testa, per cagione di schifar ti da qualunque di questi colpi, tu ritirerai il piede manco '''[G5]''' indietro dandogli d’uno mezzo mandritto nel braccio della spada, et similemente fuggendo con il destro, ti agie rai nella guardia al usato. Ma s’egli tirasse il mandrit to per gamba, tu raccoglierai il piede manco pur al indietro tirandogli di uno mandritto per la mano della spa da, & poi medesimamente ritirando il destro nella guardia solita ti acconcierai. Et se per caso il nemico tirasse di uno mandritto per testa, tu scorrendo con il piede destro innanzi uerso le sue destre parti, gli spignerai una punta per la faccia & per il braccio della spada facendoti sotto quella picciolo et cosi dal colpo ti renderai scher mito. Dopoi guiderai il piede manco uerso le sue destre parti ferendolo di uno trauersale riuerso per la dritta gam ba, si, chel piede destro uadi rietro al manco, et per tuo riparo gli spignerai una stoccata per fianco leuandoti al indietro con uno salto & al usato nella guardia riducen doti. Se ancho il nemico ti uorra offender la testa pur di mandritto, o di riuerso in riparo di qualunque cotale colpo, tu passerai con il piede destro innanzi schifandoti con l’urtante cappa, et nel medesimo tempo gli caccierai una stoccata nel petto, & poi ritirando il piede destro al indietro, anderai con la spada in guardia di faccia per tuo riparo, & seguentemente ritirando il piede manco al indietro, ti assetterai, in coda lunga stretta con il piede destro innanzi.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/94|3|lbl=-|p=1}} {{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|95|lbl=43r|p=1}} {{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|96|lbl=43v|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/97|1|lbl=44r|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 +
|
 +
| <p>[21] </p>
 
|  
 
|  
| '''H'''Auendo detto di quelli colpi che in guardia coda lunga alta con il piede manco innanzi far si pon no con la spada da filo & cappa, quiui soggiungero de alcuni altri non di menore profitteuolezza, che con la pre'''[G5v]'''detta spada & cappa fare si potrebbono in coda lunga stretta con il piede destro innanzi, nellaquale essendo agiato. tu porrai mente che sel nemico tirera di mandritto o fendente, ti conuerra andare in guardia di testa schifandoti iui dal tirato colpo con risposta subita di uno mandritto per gamba, & poi per tuo riparo ritirerai il piede destro all’indietro sospignendo insieme una punta, che uadi in guardia di faccia in compagnia della cappa. Indi raccoglierai il piede manco a rietro uolgendo la mano della spada per il cui uolgimento ti assetterai nella detta guardia coda lunga stretta con il pie de destro innanzi.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/97|2|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/98|1|lbl=44v|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Potresti anchora in contrario del mandritto spigner una punta per faccia facendoti sotto la tua spada picciolo & cosi schermendoti da quello, Ilche fatto, subito uarcherai con il piede debole uerso le sue destre parti dandogli di uno riuerso per gamba in guisa, ch’el piede destro seguiti il manco. Indi per tuo riparo gli spignerai una stoccata per faccia leuandoti con uno salto all’indietro. Dopoi ilquale ti riporrai nella detta guardia.
+
| <p>[22] </p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/98|2|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/99|1|lbl=45r|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Ouero potrai uarcare con il piede manco innanzi schifandoti con la cappa dal detto mandritto per testa, ilche fatto, spignerai una stoccata per fianco, & leueraiti con uno salto all’indietro ritornando ad agiarti nella solita guardia di cui hora parliamo.
+
| <p>[23] </p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/99|2|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Ouero leuerai la cappa alla guardia di testa dandogli in quel tempo di uno mezzo mandritto nel suo braccio offendente, si, che la tua spada uadi in porta di ferro stretta, & per tuo schermo ritirerai il piede destro in dietro andando con la spada in guar'''[G6]'''dia di faccia accompagnando quella con la cappa.
+
| <p>[24] </p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/99|3|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Indi fuggirai con il manco piede al indietro assettandoti nella gia detta guardia.
+
| <p>[25] </p>
 +
|
 +
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/99|4|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/100|1|lbl=45v|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Ma se per caso egli tirasse il mandritto per gamba, tu scorrerai con il piede manco uerso le sue diritte parti cacciando il falso della spada sotto il detto colpo, & subito gli darai di uno riuerso per gamba, in modo, chel piede destro sia del manco seguitatore per dietro. Et per tuo schermo gli tirerai una stoccata per faccia leuandoti con uno salto gaiamente all’indietro, et alla per fine ritrouandoti nella detta guardia.
+
| <p>[26] </p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/100|2|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-
 +
|
 +
| <p>[27] </p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/100|3|lbl=-}}
 +
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Ouero tu fuggirai con il piede destro all’indietro ferendolo di uno mezzo mandritto nel braccio della spa da & poi ritirerai all’indietro il sinistro piede agiandoti nella tua predetta guardia.
+
| <p>[28] </p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/100|4|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 +
|
 +
| <p>[29] </p>
 
|  
 
|  
| Trouandoui anchora ambiduo nella predetta coda lunga stretta con il piede destro innanzi, & uolendo tu offendere, uarcherai con il piede manco innanzi uerso le sue destre parte spignendogli una punta nella faccia.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/100|5|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/101|1|lbl=46r|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 +
|
 +
| <p>[30] [http://www.hemac.org/data/Manciolino%20double-sword%20translation%20by%20Craig%20Pitt-Pladdy.doc Chapter 11 - Double Swords]</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| Et com’egli uorra schifarsi da quella, tu scorrerai con il piede destro innanzi cacciando la tua cappa sotto la sua spada & in cotal tempo il pugno della spada tirerai in dietro, & gli darai d’un’altra punta ne gli fianchi. Indi in tuo schermo fuggirai con il piede destro all’indietro ferendogli il braccio della spada d’uno mezzo mandritto in guisa, che poi la spada cali in cingiara porta di ferro, poscia con tre, o quattro passi in ricourerai a rietro agiandoti nella antidetta guardia.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/101|2|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/102|1|lbl=46v|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 +
|
 +
| <p>[31] </p>
 
|  
 
|  
| '''[G6v] Gioco di duo contra duo con le spade da filo & cappe imbracciate.'''
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/102|2|lbl=-|p=1}} {{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|103|lbl=47r|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/104|1|lbl=47v|p=1}}
'''I'''N questo gioco o combattere mortale tu ti dei agiare con il tuo compagno di rimpetto alli duo altri insieme compagni similemente, ma nemici uostri, si, che ciascu no habbi in contrario il suo in guisa di guadrangulo, ilche fatto, conuenirai tacitamente con il tuo sotio di cangiar nemico con andamento incrociato in questa maniera, che hauendo teco il tuo compagno dalla tua manca mano o dalla destra, che uuoi, quello di uoi, che si truouera alla sinistra (secondo l’ordine tra uoi da nascoso dato) fara sembiante di spigner una stoccata a quello nemico, che gli sera di rimpetto a lui, non dimeno abbando nando il sembiante deue uarcare grandemente con il pie de destro uerso il nemico del suo compagno, defendendosi con la cappa, da colui, che egli abbandona, & ferendo quello che assalisce nelli fianchi con quella stoccata che uscite dal sembiante. Ilche deue ancho fare il suo compa gno contra il nemico non suo, ma del suo sotio con simile andamento incrocicchiato & pur con una consimile pun ta ne gli fianchi sospinta, che trouando ciascheduno il compagno del suo nemico inauertito, haura balia di riportare dal gentile combattimento la disiata uettoria.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| '''Gioco di spada da filo a filo nella destra, & con il pugnale nella manca.'''
+
| <p>[32] </p>
'''P'''Rima ti agierai con il piede manco innanzi, et con la spada in coda lunga alta, & con il pugnale in '''[G7]''' porta di ferro stretta, & ritirando il piede destro appo il manco scorrerai poscia innanzi con il detto manco. Ilche fatto, il nemico sera astretto, o tirare, o andare in dietro.
+
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/104|2|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Ma se egli tirasse di uno mandritto per testa, tu anderai con il pugnale in guardia di testa et iui da quel lo ti schiferai passando tosto con il piede destro uerso le sue manche parti et in cotale passamento gli darai di uno mandritto per gamba; o di una punta per fianco, si, che la gamba manca seguiti la destra per dietro, et per schermo tuo te ritirerai tre o quattro passi al indietro nella predet ta guardia agiandoti.
+
| <p>[33] </p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/104|3|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 +
|
 +
| <p>[34] </p>
 
|  
 
|  
| Ma s’egli spignesse una stocca ta, tu con il falso del pugnale la urterai cacciandogli una consimile nello fianco in modo, che tu cresci alquanto con il piede manco innanzi, & per tuo riparo ti leuerai con uno salto a rietro agiandoti nella sopra insegnata guardia.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/104|4|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/105|1|lbl=48r|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Et se la nemica punta uedesti uenire per faccia ac cioche offender ti potesse l’antiponuta gamba d’uno mandritto, tu con il pugnale da quella ti schermirai, ma com’egli uorra ferirti del mandritto, tu caccierai sotto, il fal so della spada. Indi subito passerai con il destro uerso le sue manche parti, uolgendogli uno mandritto per testa, o per gamba, si, chel piede manco seguiti il sinistro, et il pu gnale si troui in guardia di testa. Poscia per tuo riparo tre o quattro passi ti raccoglierai a rietro agiandoti nel la soprana guardia.
+
| <p>[35] </p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/105|2|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Se ancho il nemico spignera una punta per guastarti la testa, o la antiposta gamba di uno riuerso, tu con il pugnale ti renderai schifato, Ma come ue drai uenire il riuerso per gamba, tu ancho con il pugna le l’urterai facendo che la punta guardi uerso terra, & '''[G7v]''' in questo medesimo tempo con la spada nel petto gli spignerai una punta, o gli percoterai il braccio della spada di uno falso.
+
| <p>[36] '''Capitolo 12 of the sword alone.'''
 +
 
 +
<p>Desiring combat against your opponent with only the sharp sword, first settle yourself with the right foot forward and with the sword in porta di ferro stretta, and without throwing any blow you will constrain him in this way, gather the left foot near the right, and then send your right foot forward.</p>
  
|-
+
<p>The opponent finding himself so constrained will either attack or retreat, but if he pushes a thrust, hit it with the false edge and turn a mezzo riverso to the thigh, and to defend yourself throw a falso to the sword hand from below not exceeding Guardia di Faccia and finish by cutting into Porta di Ferro Stretta.</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| '''Gioco di Spada, & di Rotella.'''
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/105|3|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/106|1|lbl=48v|p=1}}
I porrai da uno canto della sola con la spada in mano & la rotella in braccio con quella leggiadria, che ti fia possible. Et uolendo assalir il nemico, tu uarcherai con il piede manco uerso le sue destre parti scorrendo innanzi con il destro piede, et in tale passamen to tu farai falso et mandritto, si, che la spada cali in por ta di ferro larga el piede & il piede manco segua il destro. Indi guiderai il piede destro alquanto uerso le sue manche parti, & seguentemente con il sinistro a grande passo & in questo tempo tu farai falso & riuerso in modo, chel forte piede segua il debole, & la spada si tro ui in coda lunga alta. Dopoi tu passerai con il piede manco alquanto uerso le tue destre parti scorrendo con il destro a grande passo innanzi & facendo falso & man dritto in quello tempo.
 
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Dopoi la spada calera in porta di ferro larga el piede manco seguitera il destro. Indi passando il dritto alquanto uerso le tue manche parti & seguentemente con il manco innanzi a grande uarco, farai falso & riuerso, el piede destro seguira il sinistro per dietro & la spada si trouera in coda lunga alta, & cosi serai uenuto a gioco.
+
| <p>[37] But if he drives a thrust to the face in order to attack with a mandritto or a riverso defeat it with the false edge and when he throws the mandritto to the head avoid the blow by going with your sword into Guardia di Testa and wound him with the same blow (a mandritto) to the head or leg as you wish.</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/106|2|lbl=-}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 
|  
 
|  
| Ma uolendo gia accender la pugna con il nemico homai prossimano, tu spignerai una stoccata con il piede manco innanzi.
+
| <p>[38] But in the case he wants to give a riverso, or a mandritto to the leg. Against the mandritto withdraw the right foot to the rear, giving him a mezzo mandritto to the sword hand. But wanting to resolve the riverso, you retreat backwards with the aforementioned foot in order to wound his sword arm with a mezzo riverso, and finish in the said guard porta di ferro stretta.
 +
</p>
 +
| {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/106|3|lbl=-}}
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| class="noline" |
 +
| class="noline" | <p>[39] And when he pushes a thrust to give you a riverso to the head or the leg, but supposing the head, defeat it with the false edge of the sword without moving the feet and against the coming riverso, pass with with the left foot forwards making a half turn of the hand and ward the blow. Then immediately traverse with the right [foot] towards his left side, give him a mandritto to the head or the leg, as you wish, that done, the left leg must follow the right.
 +
</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>And if the riverso was thrown to the leg, you (passing forwards with the left foot) shall turn the point towards the ground pushing a stoccata to the flank , & removing yourself from presence with a jump backwards, afterwards settle yourself in the aforesaid guard of Porta di Ferro Stretta.</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>But if you see coming from above a  mandritto, or riverso, or fendente, or a thrust, whatever of these parry it strongly with the false edge going no further than Guardia di faccia. Then immediately step with the front foot, making a turn of the hand. That done, push a thrust to the face or into the chest, as you wish.</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>After parrying with the false edge you can alternatively throw a mandritto to his face, that glides below the arm and into the chest advancing the right foot somewhat forward as much as this blow requires. This [parry] is one of the singular defenses that this style makes possible.</p>
 +
| class="noline" |
 +
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/106|4|lbl=-|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/107|1|lbl=49r|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|}
 +
{{master end}}
 +
 
 +
{{master begin
 +
| title = Fifth Book (Sword and Cape, Sword and Dagger)
 +
| width = 90em
 +
}}
 +
{| class="master"
 +
|-  
 +
! <p>Illustrations</p>
 +
! <p>{{rating|Start}}<br/>Pietro Bravi</p>
 +
! <p>Transcription<br/>by [[Steven Reich]]</p>
 +
 
 +
|-
 +
| [[file:Manciolino 7.jpg|400x400px|center]]
 +
| <p>'''Fifth Book.'''</p>
 +
<p>[1] </p>
 +
 
 +
<p>[http://www.hemac.org/data/Manciolino%20sword%20and%20dagger%20translation%20by%20Craig%20Pitt-Pladdy.doc Chapter 3 - Sword and Dagger]</p>
 +
 
 +
<p>[http://digilander.libero.it/mandritto/Manciolino5content.html Chapter 4 - Sword and Shield]</p>
 
|  
 
|  
| Indi raccoglierai il detto manco appo il destro lasciando andar la spade '''[G8]''' distesa al indietro, & subito uarcherai con il piede destro innanzi facendo sembiante di dargli uno mandritto per testa, ma com’egli leuera la rotella per timore del detto colpo, tu sceglierai di fare una di queste due cose, cioè, Ouero gli giugnerai la gamba con uno riuerso, ouer passando con il piede manco innanzi gli caccierai una stoccata per fianco leuandoti con uno salto al indietro, ma in schermo del riuerso detto di sopra tu fuggirai con il piede destro indietro tirando uno falso sotto la tua rotella, et iui dalla nemica risposta ti farai sicuro. Et poi ti allargarai il braccio della spada ritornando in coda lunga.
+
{{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/107|2|lbl=49r|p=1}} {{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|108|lbl=49v|p=1}} {{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|109|lbl=50r|p=1}} {{pagetb|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf|110|lbl=50v|p=1}} {{section|Page:Opera Nova (Antonio Manciolino) 1531.pdf/111|1|lbl=51r|p=1}}
  
|-
+
|-  
 +
|
 +
| <p>[2]"First Charapter about the play of sword and cape"
 +
</p>
 +
<p>
 +
If, by chance, you will have the cape around, you'll let it fell from the right humerus till the middle of the left arm. After doing that, you will turn the left hand to the outside, taking the said cape and unsheathing the sword with the other hand you will prettily go on coda lunga alta guard with the left foot forward.
 +
And if, by chance, you'll see your opponent in the same guard, you will quickly advance towards him, and for your pressing he will have to strike, or to flee back. But if he well thrust a stoccata with his left foot forward, you'll step with your right foot towards his weak side <ref>his left side</ref> striking his sword's arm with a riverso in the manner of a cross fendente, doing this your left foot will follow behind your right foot. Then you will step back with your right foot, ending in coda lunga alta guard. </p>
 
|  
 
|  
| Indi guiderai il piede manco uerso le sue deboli parti, et seguen temente con il destro innanzi tirandogli falso et mandrit to per la mano della spada, si, che finalmente cali in porta di ferro larga, & che la gamba manca seguisca la destra poi tu ualicherai con il piede destro uerso le sue dritte par ti, et poi con il manco innanzi a grande passo, & in questo tempo tu farai falso et riuerso per il suo braccio della spada in guisa, chel piede destro destro seguiti il manco. Poi subito ritirando il piede debole appo il forte, spignerai una punta con il piede dritto innanzi, che uadi nella faccia del nemico. Indi farai sembiante di dargli di uno riuerso et nondimeno gli giugnerai la antiponuta gamba con uno mandritto et farai che la tua spada cali in porta di ferro larga, et che la rotella sia bunoa schermitrice della testa. poscia guiderai il pi